]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gdb/breakpoint.c
All annotate_breakpoints_changed calls are along-side
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
283 from. */
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
296
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
301 breakpoints. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
306
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
309
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
316
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 dprintf_style_gdb,
322 dprintf_style_call,
323 dprintf_style_agent,
324 NULL
325 };
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
327
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
332
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
334
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
342
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
344
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
346 has disconnected. */
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
348
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
352 {
353 /* The reference count. */
354 int refc;
355
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
358 };
359
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
362 {
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
364 }
365
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
368
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
370
371 const char *
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
373 {
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
376 a breakpoint. */
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
378
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
380 }
381
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
386
387 static void
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
390 const char *value)
391 {
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
403 static void
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
406 const char *value)
407 {
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
411 value);
412 }
413
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
419 static void
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 const char *value)
423 {
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427 }
428
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
434
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
436
437 static void
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
440 {
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
445 value,
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
447 else
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 value);
450 }
451
452 int
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
454 {
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
457 }
458
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
460
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
469 NULL
470 };
471
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
478
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
482 evaluation mode. */
483
484 static const char *
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
486 {
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
488 {
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
491 else
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 }
494 else
495 return mode;
496 }
497
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499
500 static const char *
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502 {
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
504 }
505
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
507 otherwise. */
508
509 static int
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511 {
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
515 }
516
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
518
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
521
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
524
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
527
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
533
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 B = TMP)
538
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
542
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 BP_TMP++)
547
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
553
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
557 BP_LOCP_START \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
561
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
563
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
567
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
569
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
571
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
573
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
575
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
577
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
579
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
585
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
587
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
593
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
595
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
598 by a target. */
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
600
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
602
603 static int breakpoint_count;
604
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
610
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
612
613 static int tracepoint_count;
614
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
618
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
620 static int
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
622 {
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
624 }
625
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627
628 static void
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
630 {
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
634 }
635
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
639
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
641 breakpoint made. */
642
643 void
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
645 {
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
647 }
648
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
650 breakpoint made. */
651
652 void
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
654 {
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
656 }
657
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659
660 void
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 b->hit_count = 0;
667 }
668
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
671
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
674 {
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
677
678 result->refc = 1;
679 result->commands = commands;
680 return result;
681 }
682
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684
685 static void
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 {
688 if (cmd)
689 ++cmd->refc;
690 }
691
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695
696 static void
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
698 {
699 if (*cmdp)
700 {
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 xfree (*cmdp);
705 }
706 *cmdp = NULL;
707 }
708 }
709
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711
712 static void
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
714 {
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
716 }
717
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 argument. */
720
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
723 {
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
725 }
726
727 \f
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730
731 struct breakpoint *
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
733 {
734 struct breakpoint *b;
735
736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
737 if (b->number == num)
738 return b;
739
740 return NULL;
741 }
742
743 \f
744
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747
748 static void
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
750 {
751 struct bp_location *loc;
752
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
756 side. */
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 return;
760
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
762 return;
763
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
766 }
767
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770
771 static void
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
773 {
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
777 side. */
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
780
781 return;
782
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
784 return;
785
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
787 }
788
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791
792 static void
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
795 {
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
797
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
800 {
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
804 return;
805 }
806
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
809
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
813
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
816 {
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
820
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 */
824
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
826 {
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
828 target. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
831 }
832 else
833 {
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
840 }
841
842 /* Do the update. */
843 update_global_location_list (1);
844 }
845
846 return;
847 }
848
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
851
852 static void
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
855 {
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
860 value,
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
862 else
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
864 value);
865 }
866
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870
871 static int
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
873 {
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
876
877 if (a->address == b->address)
878 return 0;
879 else
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
881 }
882
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 return NULL. */
887
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
890 {
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
894
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
898
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
903
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
906 return NULL;
907
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 locp_found--;
913
914 return locp_found;
915 }
916
917 void
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
919 int from_tty)
920 {
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
923
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
925 {
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927
928 xfree (w->cond_exp);
929 w->cond_exp = NULL;
930 }
931 else
932 {
933 struct bp_location *loc;
934
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 {
937 xfree (loc->cond);
938 loc->cond = NULL;
939
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 }
944 }
945
946 if (*exp == 0)
947 {
948 if (from_tty)
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
950 }
951 else
952 {
953 char *arg = exp;
954
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
959
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
961 {
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
963
964 innermost_block = NULL;
965 arg = exp;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
967 if (*arg)
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
970 }
971 else
972 {
973 struct bp_location *loc;
974
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
976 {
977 arg = exp;
978 loc->cond =
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
981 if (*arg)
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
983 }
984 }
985 }
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
987
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
989 }
990
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992
993 static VEC (char_ptr) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
995 {
996 char *space;
997
998 text = skip_spaces (text);
999 space = skip_to_space (text);
1000 if (*space == '\0')
1001 {
1002 int len;
1003 struct breakpoint *b;
1004 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005
1006 if (text[0] == '$')
1007 {
1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1009 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1010 return NULL;
1011 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1012 }
1013
1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1015 len = strlen (text);
1016
1017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1018 {
1019 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1020 struct bp_location *loc;
1021 int count = 1;
1022
1023 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1024 {
1025 char location[50];
1026
1027 if (single)
1028 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1029 else
1030 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1031 count);
1032
1033 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1034 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1035
1036 ++count;
1037 }
1038 }
1039
1040 return result;
1041 }
1042
1043 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1044 text = skip_spaces (space);
1045 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1046 }
1047
1048 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1049
1050 static void
1051 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1052 {
1053 struct breakpoint *b;
1054 char *p;
1055 int bnum;
1056
1057 if (arg == 0)
1058 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1059
1060 p = arg;
1061 bnum = get_number (&p);
1062 if (bnum == 0)
1063 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1064
1065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1066 if (b->number == bnum)
1067 {
1068 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1069 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1070 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1071 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1072 if (b->py_bp_object
1073 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1074 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1075 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1076 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1077
1078 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1079 update_global_location_list (1);
1080
1081 return;
1082 }
1083
1084 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1085 }
1086
1087 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1088 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1089 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1090
1091 static void
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1093 {
1094 struct command_line *c;
1095
1096 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1097 {
1098 int i;
1099
1100 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1102 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1103
1104 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1105 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1106
1107 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1108 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1109 command directly. */
1110 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1111 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1112
1113 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1114 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1115 }
1116 }
1117
1118 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1119
1120 static int
1121 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1122 {
1123 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1124 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1126 }
1127
1128 int
1129 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1130 {
1131 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1132 }
1133
1134 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1135 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1136 found. */
1137
1138 static void
1139 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1140 struct command_line *commands)
1141 {
1142 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1143 {
1144 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1145 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1146 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1147 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1148 struct command_line *c;
1149 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1150 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1151 {
1152 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1153 {
1154 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1160
1161 if (while_stepping)
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1164 else
1165 while_stepping = c;
1166 }
1167 }
1168 if (while_stepping)
1169 {
1170 struct command_line *c2;
1171
1172 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1173 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1174 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1175 {
1176 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1177 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1178 }
1179 }
1180 }
1181 else
1182 {
1183 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1184 }
1185 }
1186
1187 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1188 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1191 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1192 {
1193 struct breakpoint *b;
1194 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1195 struct bp_location *loc;
1196
1197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1198 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1199 {
1200 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1201 if (loc->address == addr)
1202 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1203 }
1204
1205 return found;
1206 }
1207
1208 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1209 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210
1211 void
1212 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1213 struct command_line *commands)
1214 {
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1216
1217 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1218 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 commands. */
1225
1226 void
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1228 {
1229 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230
1231 b->silent = silent;
1232 if (old_silent != silent)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238
1239 void
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1241 {
1242 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243
1244 b->thread = thread;
1245 if (old_thread != thread)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 }
1248
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251
1252 void
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1254 {
1255 int old_task = b->task;
1256
1257 b->task = task;
1258 if (old_task != task)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1260 }
1261
1262 void
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1264 {
1265 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1266
1267 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1268 }
1269
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272
1273 struct commands_info
1274 {
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 int from_tty;
1277
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 char *arg;
1280
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line *control;
1284
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 yet been read. */
1287 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 };
1289
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1292
1293 static void
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1295 {
1296 struct commands_info *info = data;
1297
1298 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1299 {
1300 struct command_line *l;
1301
1302 if (info->control != NULL)
1303 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 else
1305 {
1306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 char *str;
1308
1309 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1311 info->arg);
1312
1313 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1314
1315 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 info->from_tty, 1,
1317 (is_tracepoint (b)
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 b);
1320
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 }
1323
1324 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 }
1326
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 do anything. */
1329 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1330 {
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1334 b->commands = info->cmd;
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 static void
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1341 struct command_line *control)
1342 {
1343 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1344 struct commands_info info;
1345
1346 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1347 info.control = control;
1348 info.cmd = NULL;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1352
1353 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1354 {
1355 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1356 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1357 breakpoint_count);
1358 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 else
1361 {
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1365 arg = NULL;
1366 }
1367 }
1368 else
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 our argument. */
1371 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372
1373 if (arg != NULL)
1374 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1375
1376 info.arg = arg;
1377
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1379
1380 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1384 }
1385
1386 static void
1387 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1388 {
1389 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1399 {
1400 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1401 return simple_control;
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405
1406 static int
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1408 {
1409 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (!bl->inserted)
1412 return 0;
1413 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1415 return 0;
1416 return 1;
1417 }
1418
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1421
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1425
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1434 and:
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436
1437 void
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1439 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1441 {
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1443 search. */
1444 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1445
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1449
1450 bc_l = 0;
1451 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1452 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1453 {
1454 struct bp_location *bl;
1455
1456 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1457 bl = bp_location[bc];
1458
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1463
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1467
1468 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 >= bl->address)
1470 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 <= memaddr))
1472 bc_l = bc;
1473 else
1474 bc_r = bc;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 B:
1483
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1485
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 and L2. */
1490 while (bc_l > 0
1491 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 bc_l--;
1493
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495
1496 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1497 {
1498 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1500 int bp_size = 0;
1501 int bptoffset = 0;
1502
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 bl->owner->number);
1507
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 content. */
1510
1511 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 break;
1515
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1517 continue;
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1519 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 continue;
1521
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1523 we need to copy. */
1524 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1525 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1526
1527 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1529 are reading. */
1530 continue;
1531
1532 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1534 reading. */
1535 continue;
1536
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1539 {
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bp_addr = memaddr;
1544 }
1545
1546 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1547 {
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 }
1551
1552 if (readbuf != NULL)
1553 {
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1557 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1558 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1559
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1561 shadow. */
1562 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1563 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1564 }
1565 else
1566 {
1567 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1568 const unsigned char *bp;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1570 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1571
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1574 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1575
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1577 address. */
1578 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1579
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1583 }
1584 }
1585 }
1586 \f
1587
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1589 breakpoint. */
1590
1591 int
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1593 {
1594 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600
1601 static int
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1603 {
1604 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 }
1608
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1610 software. */
1611
1612 int
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1614 {
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1616 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 }
1618
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627
1628 static int
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1630 {
1631 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639
1640 static void
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1642 {
1643 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1644
1645 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1646 {
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1649 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1650 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1651 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1652 }
1653 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1660 in b->loc->cond.
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1662
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 it.
1666
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1675
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 not changed.
1685
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1688
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1691
1692 [linux]
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1704
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707
1708 static void
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1710 {
1711 int within_current_scope;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 int frame_saved;
1714
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 return;
1720
1721 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1722 return;
1723
1724 frame_saved = 0;
1725
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1728 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 else
1730 {
1731 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1734
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 return;
1740
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 selected frame. */
1746 frame_saved = 1;
1747 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1748
1749 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1750 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1751 if (within_current_scope)
1752 select_frame (fi);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 b->base.loc = NULL;
1759
1760 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1761 {
1762 char *s;
1763
1764 if (b->exp)
1765 {
1766 xfree (b->exp);
1767 b->exp = NULL;
1768 }
1769 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1770 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b->val);
1776 b->val = NULL;
1777 b->val_valid = 0;
1778
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1783 {
1784 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1785 {
1786 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1787 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1788 }
1789
1790 s = b->base.cond_string;
1791 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1792 }
1793 }
1794
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution)
1801 {
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1805 }
1806 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1807 {
1808 int pc = 0;
1809 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1810 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1811
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1813
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1819 watchpoints. */
1820 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1821 {
1822 b->val = v;
1823 b->val_valid = 1;
1824 }
1825
1826 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1827
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1830 {
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1837 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1838 {
1839 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1840
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1844 if (v == result
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1847 {
1848 CORE_ADDR addr;
1849 int type;
1850 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1851
1852 addr = value_address (v);
1853 type = hw_write;
1854 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1855 type = hw_read;
1856 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1857 type = hw_access;
1858
1859 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1860 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1861 ;
1862 *tmp = loc;
1863 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1864
1865 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1866 loc->address = addr;
1867 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1868 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1876 is started. */
1877 if (reparse)
1878 {
1879 int reg_cnt;
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1881 struct bp_location *bl;
1882
1883 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1884
1885 if (reg_cnt)
1886 {
1887 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 enum bptype type;
1889
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1893
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type = b->base.type;
1903 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1904 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1905
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 manually. */
1911
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1914
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1917
1918 target_resources_ok
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1920 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1921 {
1922 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1923
1924 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1933 }
1934 else
1935 {
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 nop. */
1940 b->base.type = type;
1941 }
1942 }
1943 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 else
1947 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1948
1949 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1951 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1952 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1953 }
1954
1955 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1956 {
1957 next = value_next (v);
1958 if (v != b->val)
1959 value_free (v);
1960 }
1961
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1967 {
1968 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1969 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1970 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1971 base->loc->address = -1;
1972 base->loc->length = -1;
1973 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1974 }
1975 }
1976 else if (!within_current_scope)
1977 {
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 b->base.number);
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1983 }
1984
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 if (frame_saved)
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1988 }
1989
1990
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 static int
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1998 {
1999 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2000 return 0;
2001
2002 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2003 return 0;
2004
2005 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2006 return 0;
2007
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2009 return 0;
2010
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2020 return 0;
2021
2022 return 1;
2023 }
2024
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027
2028 static int
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2030 {
2031 int result;
2032 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2033
2034 bl->duplicate = 0;
2035 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2036 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2037 return result;
2038 }
2039
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2044
2045 static struct agent_expr *
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2047 {
2048 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2049 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2051
2052 if (!cond)
2053 return NULL;
2054
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2058 {
2059 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2060 }
2061
2062 if (ex.reason < 0)
2063 {
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 return NULL;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 return aexpr;
2072 }
2073
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2079
2080 static void
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2082 {
2083 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2085 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2086 struct bp_location *loc;
2087
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2091 side. */
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 return;
2095
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2102 {
2103 loc = (*loc2p);
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2105 {
2106 if (modified)
2107 {
2108 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2109
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2115 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2116
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2119 to the target. */
2120 if (aexpr)
2121 continue;
2122 }
2123
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2127 {
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2129 break;
2130 }
2131 }
2132 }
2133
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2137
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2141 {
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2143 {
2144 loc = (*loc2p);
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2146 {
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2148 located. */
2149 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2150 return;
2151
2152 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2153 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2154 }
2155 }
2156 }
2157
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2161 {
2162 loc = (*loc2p);
2163 if (loc->cond
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2165 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2166 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2167 && loc->enabled)
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2171 loc->cond_bytecode);
2172 }
2173
2174 return;
2175 }
2176
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2180
2181 static struct agent_expr *
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2183 {
2184 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2185 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2186 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2189 char *cmdrest;
2190 char *format_start, *format_end;
2191 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2192 int nargs;
2193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2194
2195 if (!cmd)
2196 return NULL;
2197
2198 cmdrest = cmd;
2199
2200 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2201 ++cmdrest;
2202 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2203
2204 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2206
2207 format_start = cmdrest;
2208
2209 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2210
2211 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2212
2213 format_end = cmdrest;
2214
2215 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2217
2218 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2219
2220 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2222
2223 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2224 cmdrest++;
2225 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2226
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2228
2229 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2231
2232 nargs = 0;
2233 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2234 {
2235 char *cmd1;
2236
2237 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2238 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2239 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2240 cmdrest = cmd1;
2241 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2242 ++cmdrest;
2243 }
2244
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2248 {
2249 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2250 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2251 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2252 }
2253
2254 if (ex.reason < 0)
2255 {
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2259 return NULL;
2260 }
2261
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2263
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2265 return aexpr;
2266 }
2267
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2271
2272 static void
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2274 {
2275 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2277 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2278 struct bp_location *loc;
2279
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2283 return;
2284
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2286 return;
2287
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2294 {
2295 loc = (*loc2p);
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2297 {
2298 if (modified)
2299 {
2300 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2301
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2307 loc->owner->extra_string);
2308 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2309
2310 if (!aexpr)
2311 continue;
2312 }
2313
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2317 {
2318 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2319 break;
2320 }
2321 }
2322 }
2323
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2325 and so clean up. */
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2327 {
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2329 {
2330 loc = (*loc2p);
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2332 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2333 {
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 located. */
2336 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2337 return;
2338
2339 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2340 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2341 }
2342 }
2343 }
2344
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2348 {
2349 loc = (*loc2p);
2350 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2352 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2353 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2354 && loc->enabled)
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2358 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2359 }
2360
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2365 }
2366
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2371 -1 for failure.
2372
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2375 static int
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2377 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2378 int *disabled_breaks,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2381 {
2382 int val = 0;
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2384 struct gdb_exception e;
2385
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2387 return 0;
2388
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2400 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2401
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2406
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2408 {
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl->needs_update = 0;
2413 }
2414
2415 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2417 {
2418 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2419 {
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2423
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2431 so we undo.
2432
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2437 gdb. */
2438 struct mem_region *mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2440
2441 if (mr)
2442 {
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2444 {
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2446
2447 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2448 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2449 else
2450 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2451
2452 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2453 {
2454 static int said = 0;
2455
2456 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2457 if (!said)
2458 {
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 said = 1;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 }
2467 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2472 }
2473 }
2474
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2477 || bl->section == NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2479 {
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2482 {
2483 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2484 }
2485 if (e.reason < 0)
2486 {
2487 val = 1;
2488 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2489 }
2490 }
2491 else
2492 {
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2496 {
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2502 bl->owner->number);
2503 else
2504 {
2505 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2506 bl->section);
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2509 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2510 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2511 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2512 if (val != 0)
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2516 bl->owner->number);
2517 }
2518 }
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2521 {
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2524 {
2525 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2526 }
2527 if (e.reason < 0)
2528 {
2529 val = 1;
2530 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2531 }
2532 }
2533 else
2534 {
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2537 return 0;
2538 }
2539 }
2540
2541 if (val)
2542 {
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2545 {
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2547 val = 0;
2548 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2551 {
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2554 bl->owner->number);
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2558 }
2559 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2562 }
2563 else
2564 {
2565 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2566 {
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2574 }
2575 else
2576 {
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2579 bl->owner->number);
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2583 tmp_error_stream);
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val));
2586 }
2587
2588 }
2589 }
2590 else
2591 bl->inserted = 1;
2592
2593 return val;
2594 }
2595
2596 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2600 {
2601 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2602 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2603
2604 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2605
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2609 {
2610 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2611
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2614 of this one. */
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2616 if (loc != bl
2617 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2619 {
2620 bl->duplicate = 1;
2621 bl->inserted = 1;
2622 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2623 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2624 val = 0;
2625 break;
2626 }
2627
2628 if (val == 1)
2629 {
2630 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2631 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2632
2633 if (val)
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2636 }
2637 }
2638
2639 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2640 }
2641
2642 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2643 {
2644 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2645 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2646
2647 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2648 if (val)
2649 {
2650 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2651
2652 if (val == 1)
2653 warning (_("\
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2656 else
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2658 }
2659
2660 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2661
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2665 return 0;
2666 }
2667
2668 return 0;
2669 }
2670
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2673 PSPACE anymore. */
2674
2675 void
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2677 {
2678 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2679 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2680
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2683 {
2684 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b);
2686 }
2687
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2691 {
2692 struct bp_location *tmp;
2693
2694 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2695 {
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2698 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2699 else
2700 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2701 if (tmp->next == loc)
2702 {
2703 tmp->next = loc->next;
2704 break;
2705 }
2706 }
2707 }
2708
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2712 }
2713
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2718 void
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2720 {
2721 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2722
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2725 {
2726 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2727
2728 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2729 }
2730
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2732
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2735 now. */
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2738 }
2739
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2741
2742 void
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2744 {
2745 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2746
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2748 {
2749 callback (loc, NULL);
2750 }
2751 }
2752
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2756
2757 static void
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2759 {
2760 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2761 int error_flag = 0;
2762 int val = 0;
2763 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2766
2767 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2769
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2773
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2775
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2777 {
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2779 breakpoints. */
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2781 continue;
2782
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2787 continue;
2788
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2790
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2797 continue;
2798
2799 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2801 if (val)
2802 error_flag = val;
2803 }
2804
2805 if (error_flag)
2806 {
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2809 }
2810
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2812 }
2813
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2815
2816 static void
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2818 {
2819 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2820 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2821 int error_flag = 0;
2822 int val = 0;
2823 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2826
2827 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2829
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2833
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2835
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2837 {
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2839 continue;
2840
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2846 continue;
2847
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2849
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2856 continue;
2857
2858 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2860 if (val)
2861 error_flag = val;
2862 }
2863
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2867 {
2868 int some_failed = 0;
2869 struct bp_location *loc;
2870
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2872 continue;
2873
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2875 continue;
2876
2877 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2878 continue;
2879
2880 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2881 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2882 {
2883 some_failed = 1;
2884 break;
2885 }
2886 if (some_failed)
2887 {
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 if (loc->inserted)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2891
2892 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2895 bpt->number);
2896 error_flag = -1;
2897 }
2898 }
2899
2900 if (error_flag)
2901 {
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2905 {
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2909 }
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2912 }
2913
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2920
2921 int
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2923 {
2924 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2925 int val = 0;
2926
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2928 {
2929 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2930 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2931 }
2932 return val;
2933 }
2934
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2936
2937 int
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2939 {
2940 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2941 int val;
2942 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2943
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2945 {
2946 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2947 continue;
2948
2949 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2950 continue;
2951
2952 if (bl->inserted)
2953 {
2954 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2955 if (val != 0)
2956 return val;
2957 }
2958 }
2959 return 0;
2960 }
2961
2962 int
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2964 {
2965 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2966 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2967 int val;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2969 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2970 struct inferior *inf;
2971 struct thread_info *tp;
2972
2973 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2974 if (tp == NULL)
2975 return 1;
2976
2977 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2978 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2979
2980 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2981
2982 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2984
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2986 {
2987 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2988 continue;
2989
2990 if (bl->inserted)
2991 {
2992 bl->inserted = 0;
2993 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2994 if (val != 0)
2995 {
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2997 return val;
2998 }
2999 }
3000 }
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3002 return 0;
3003 }
3004
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3006
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3013 static void
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3015 {
3016 if (internal)
3017 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3018 else
3019 {
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3021 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3022 }
3023 }
3024
3025 static struct breakpoint *
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3027 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3029 {
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3031 struct breakpoint *b;
3032
3033 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3034
3035 sal.pc = address;
3036 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3037 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3038
3039 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3040 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3041 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3042
3043 return b;
3044 }
3045
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3047 {
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3049 };
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3051
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3054 {
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3057
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3060
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched;
3063
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3066
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3069
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3072
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched;
3075
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3078 };
3079
3080 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3081
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3084
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3086
3087 static int
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3089 {
3090 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3091 }
3092
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3095
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3098 {
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3100
3101 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3103 {
3104 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3106
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3109 }
3110 return bp_objfile_data;
3111 }
3112
3113 static void
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3115 {
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3117
3118 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3120 }
3121
3122 static void
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3124 {
3125 struct objfile *objfile;
3126 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3127
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3129 {
3130 struct breakpoint *b;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3132 CORE_ADDR addr;
3133
3134 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3135
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3137 continue;
3138
3139 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3140 {
3141 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3142
3143 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3144 if (m == NULL)
3145 {
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3151 }
3152
3153 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3154 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3155 bp_overlay_event,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3157 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3158
3159 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3160 {
3161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3162 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3163 }
3164 else
3165 {
3166 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3167 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3168 }
3169 }
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3171 }
3172
3173 static void
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3175 {
3176 struct program_space *pspace;
3177 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3178
3179 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3180
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3182 {
3183 struct objfile *objfile;
3184
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3186
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3188 {
3189 int i;
3190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3192
3193 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3195 continue;
3196
3197 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3198
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3200 {
3201 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3204 }
3205
3206 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3207 {
3208 int i;
3209 struct probe *probe;
3210 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3211
3212 for (i = 0;
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3214 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3215 i, probe);
3216 ++i)
3217 {
3218 struct breakpoint *b;
3219
3220 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3221 bp_longjmp_master,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3223 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3225 }
3226
3227 continue;
3228 }
3229
3230 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3231 {
3232 struct breakpoint *b;
3233 const char *func_name;
3234 CORE_ADDR addr;
3235
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3237 continue;
3238
3239 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3241 {
3242 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3243
3244 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3245 if (m == NULL)
3246 {
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3249 continue;
3250 }
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3252 }
3253
3254 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3255 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3257 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3258 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3259 }
3260 }
3261 }
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3263
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3268 static void
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3270 {
3271 struct program_space *pspace;
3272 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3273 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3274
3275 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3276
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3278 {
3279 struct objfile *objfile;
3280 CORE_ADDR addr;
3281
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3283
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3285 {
3286 struct breakpoint *b;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3288
3289 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3290
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3292 continue;
3293
3294 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3295 {
3296 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3297
3298 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3299 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3301 {
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3304 continue;
3305 }
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3307 }
3308
3309 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3310 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3313 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3314 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3315 }
3316 }
3317
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3319
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3321 }
3322
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3324
3325 static void
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 {
3328 struct objfile *objfile;
3329 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3330
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3332 {
3333 struct breakpoint *b;
3334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3336 CORE_ADDR addr;
3337
3338 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3339
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3342 {
3343 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3346 }
3347
3348 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3349 {
3350 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3351 int i;
3352 struct probe *probe;
3353
3354 for (i = 0;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3356 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3357 i, probe);
3358 ++i)
3359 {
3360 struct breakpoint *b;
3361
3362 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3363 bp_exception_master,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3365 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3367 }
3368
3369 continue;
3370 }
3371
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3373
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3375 continue;
3376
3377 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3378
3379 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3380 {
3381 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3382
3383 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3384 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3385 {
3386 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389
3390 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3391 }
3392
3393 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3394 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3395 &current_target);
3396 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3398 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3399 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3400 }
3401
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3403 }
3404
3405 void
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3407 {
3408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3409 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3410
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3420 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3422
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3424 {
3425 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3426 continue;
3427
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3430 {
3431 delete_breakpoint (b);
3432 continue;
3433 }
3434
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3437 {
3438 delete_breakpoint (b);
3439 continue;
3440 }
3441
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3445 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3447 {
3448 delete_breakpoint (b);
3449 continue;
3450 }
3451
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3454 {
3455 delete_breakpoint (b);
3456 continue;
3457 }
3458
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3460 after an exec. */
3461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3464 {
3465 delete_breakpoint (b);
3466 continue;
3467 }
3468
3469 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3470 {
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3475 continue;
3476 }
3477
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3484
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3492
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3497
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3503
3504 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3505 {
3506 continue;
3507 }
3508
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3511 a.out. */
3512 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3513 {
3514 delete_breakpoint (b);
3515 continue;
3516 }
3517 }
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3523 }
3524
3525 int
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3527 {
3528 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3529 int val = 0;
3530 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3532
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3535
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3539 {
3540 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3541 continue;
3542
3543 if (bl->inserted)
3544 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3545 }
3546
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3549
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3551 return val;
3552 }
3553
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3559
3560 static int
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3562 {
3563 int val;
3564
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3567
3568 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3570 return 0;
3571
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3575
3576 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3578 {
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3582
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3585 || bl->section == NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3587 {
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3590 }
3591 else
3592 {
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3596 {
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3599 */
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3604 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3605 else
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3608 }
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3611 if (bl->inserted)
3612 {
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3617
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3623 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3624 else
3625 val = 0;
3626 }
3627 else
3628 {
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3630 val = 0;
3631 }
3632 }
3633
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3638 val = 0;
3639
3640 if (val)
3641 return val;
3642 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3643 }
3644 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3645 {
3646 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3647 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3648
3649 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3650 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3651
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3655 bl->owner->number);
3656 }
3657 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3659 && !bl->duplicate)
3660 {
3661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3662 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3663
3664 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3665 if (val)
3666 return val;
3667
3668 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3669 }
3670
3671 return 0;
3672 }
3673
3674 static int
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3676 {
3677 int ret;
3678 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3679
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3682
3683 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3685 return 0;
3686
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3690
3691 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3692
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3694
3695 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3696
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3698 return ret;
3699 }
3700
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3702
3703 void
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3705 {
3706 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3707
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3709 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3710 bl->inserted = 0;
3711 }
3712
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3715
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3717 between runs.
3718
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3722
3723
3724
3725 void
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3727 {
3728 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3730 int ix;
3731 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3732
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3734 nothing to do. */
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3736 return;
3737
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3739 {
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3742 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3743 bl->inserted = 0;
3744 }
3745
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3747 {
3748 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3749 continue;
3750
3751 switch (b->type)
3752 {
3753 case bp_call_dummy:
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3755
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3758 rid of it. */
3759
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3761
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3763
3764 case bp_shlib_event:
3765
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3771
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3774 ...
3775 (gdb) kill
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3778 */
3779
3780 case bp_step_resume:
3781
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3783
3784 delete_breakpoint (b);
3785 break;
3786
3787 case bp_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3791 {
3792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3793
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b);
3797 else if (context == inf_starting)
3798 {
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3801 if (w->val)
3802 value_free (w->val);
3803 w->val = NULL;
3804 w->val_valid = 0;
3805 }
3806 }
3807 break;
3808 default:
3809 break;
3810 }
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3817 }
3818
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3823
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3833
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3836 {
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3839
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3841 {
3842 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3844 continue;
3845
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3848 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3850 {
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3857 else
3858 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3859 }
3860 }
3861
3862 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3866
3867 int
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3869 {
3870 struct bp_location *loc;
3871 int ix;
3872
3873 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3875 return 1;
3876
3877 return 0;
3878 }
3879
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3884
3885 int
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3887 CORE_ADDR pc)
3888 {
3889 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3890
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3892 {
3893 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3895 continue;
3896
3897 if (bl->inserted
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3899 {
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3904 else
3905 return 1;
3906 }
3907 }
3908 return 0;
3909 }
3910
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3913
3914 int
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3916 {
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3918 return 1;
3919
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3921 return 1;
3922
3923 return 0;
3924 }
3925
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3927 inserted at PC. */
3928
3929 int
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3931 CORE_ADDR pc)
3932 {
3933 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3934
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3936 {
3937 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3938 continue;
3939
3940 if (bl->inserted
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3942 aspace, pc))
3943 {
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3948 else
3949 return 1;
3950 }
3951 }
3952
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3955 return 1;
3956
3957 return 0;
3958 }
3959
3960 int
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3963 {
3964 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3965
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3967 {
3968 struct bp_location *loc;
3969
3970 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3972 continue;
3973
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3975 continue;
3976
3977 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3978 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3979 {
3980 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3981
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3984 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3985 if (l < h)
3986 return 1;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 return 0;
3990 }
3991
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3994
3995 int
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3997 ptid_t ptid)
3998 {
3999 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4001 int thread = -1;
4002 int task = 0;
4003
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4005 {
4006 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4008 continue;
4009
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4012 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4013 continue;
4014
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4016 continue;
4017
4018 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4019 {
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4023 if (thread == -1)
4024 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4025 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4026 continue;
4027 }
4028
4029 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4030 {
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4034 if (task == 0)
4035 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4036 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4037 continue;
4038 }
4039
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4044
4045 return 1;
4046 }
4047
4048 return 0;
4049 }
4050 \f
4051
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4053 in breakpoint.h. */
4054
4055 int
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4057 {
4058 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4062 'next' chain. */
4063
4064 static void
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4066 {
4067 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4068 value_free (bs->old_val);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4071 xfree (bs);
4072 }
4073
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4076
4077 void
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4079 {
4080 bpstat p;
4081 bpstat q;
4082
4083 if (bsp == 0)
4084 return;
4085 p = *bsp;
4086 while (p != NULL)
4087 {
4088 q = p->next;
4089 bpstat_free (p);
4090 p = q;
4091 }
4092 *bsp = NULL;
4093 }
4094
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4097
4098 bpstat
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4100 {
4101 bpstat p = NULL;
4102 bpstat tmp;
4103 bpstat retval = NULL;
4104
4105 if (bs == NULL)
4106 return bs;
4107
4108 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4109 {
4110 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4111 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4114 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4115 {
4116 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4117 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4118 }
4119
4120 if (p == NULL)
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4122 retval = tmp;
4123 else
4124 p->next = tmp;
4125 p = tmp;
4126 }
4127 p->next = NULL;
4128 return retval;
4129 }
4130
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4132
4133 bpstat
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4135 {
4136 if (bsp == NULL)
4137 return NULL;
4138
4139 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4140 {
4141 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4142 return bsp;
4143 }
4144 return NULL;
4145 }
4146
4147 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4148
4149 enum bpstat_signal_value
4150 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4151 {
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4153
4154 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4155 {
4156 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4157 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4159
4160 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4161 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4162
4163 if (newval > result)
4164 result = newval;
4165 }
4166
4167 return result;
4168 }
4169
4170 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4171 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4172 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4173 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4174
4175 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4176 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4177 we set it.
4178 Return 1 otherwise. */
4179
4180 int
4181 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4182 {
4183 struct breakpoint *b;
4184
4185 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4186 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4187
4188 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4189 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4190 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4191 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4192 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4193 if (b == NULL)
4194 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4195
4196 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4197 return 1;
4198 }
4199
4200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4201
4202 void
4203 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4204 {
4205 struct thread_info *tp;
4206 bpstat bs;
4207
4208 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4209 return;
4210
4211 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4212 if (tp == NULL)
4213 return;
4214
4215 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4216 {
4217 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4218
4219 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4220 {
4221 value_free (bs->old_val);
4222 bs->old_val = NULL;
4223 }
4224 }
4225 }
4226
4227 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4228
4229 static void
4230 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4231 {
4232 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4233 {
4234 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4235
4236 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4237 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4238 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4239 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4240 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4241 return;
4242 }
4243
4244 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4245 }
4246
4247 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4248 command. */
4249 static void
4250 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4251 {
4252 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4253 }
4254
4255 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4256 or its equivalent. */
4257
4258 static int
4259 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4260 {
4261 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4262 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4263 }
4264
4265 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4266 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4267 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4268 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4269
4270 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4271 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4272 bpstat of the current thread. */
4273
4274 static int
4275 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4276 {
4277 bpstat bs;
4278 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4279 int again = 0;
4280
4281 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4282 in bs->commands. */
4283 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4284 return 0;
4285
4286 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4287 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4288
4289 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4290
4291 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4292 bs = *bsp;
4293
4294 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4295 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4296 {
4297 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4298 struct command_line *cmd;
4299 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4300
4301 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4302
4303 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4304 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4305 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4306 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4307 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4308 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4309 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4310 the tree when we're done. */
4311 ccmd = bs->commands;
4312 bs->commands = NULL;
4313 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4314 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4315 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4316 {
4317 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4318 cmd = cmd->next;
4319 }
4320
4321 while (cmd != NULL)
4322 {
4323 execute_control_command (cmd);
4324
4325 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4326 break;
4327 else
4328 cmd = cmd->next;
4329 }
4330
4331 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4332 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4333
4334 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4335 {
4336 if (target_can_async_p ())
4337 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4338 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4339 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4340 ;
4341 else
4342 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4343 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4344 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4345 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4346 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4347 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4348 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4349 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4350 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4351 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4352 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4353 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4354 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4355 again = 1;
4356 break;
4357 }
4358 }
4359 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4360 return again;
4361 }
4362
4363 void
4364 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4365 {
4366 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4367
4368 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4369 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4370 && target_has_execution
4371 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4372 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4373 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4374 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4375 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4376 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4377 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4378 break;
4379
4380 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4381 }
4382
4383 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4384
4385 static void
4386 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4387 {
4388 if (val == NULL)
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4390 else
4391 {
4392 struct value_print_options opts;
4393 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4394 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4395 }
4396 }
4397
4398 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4399 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4400 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4401 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4402 normal_stop(). */
4403
4404 static enum print_stop_action
4405 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4406 {
4407 switch (bs->print_it)
4408 {
4409 case print_it_noop:
4410 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4412 break;
4413
4414 case print_it_done:
4415 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4416 relevant messages. */
4417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4418 break;
4419
4420 case print_it_normal:
4421 {
4422 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4423
4424 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4425 which has since been deleted. */
4426 if (b == NULL)
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4428
4429 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4430 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4431 }
4432 break;
4433
4434 default:
4435 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4436 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4437 break;
4438 }
4439 }
4440
4441 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4442
4443 static void
4444 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4445 {
4446 int any_deleted
4447 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4448 int any_added
4449 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4450
4451 if (!is_catchpoint)
4452 {
4453 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4454 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4455 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4456 else
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4459 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4460 }
4461
4462 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4463 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4465
4466 if (any_deleted)
4467 {
4468 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4469 char *name;
4470 int ix;
4471
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4473 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4474 "removed");
4475 for (ix = 0;
4476 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4477 ix, name);
4478 ++ix)
4479 {
4480 if (ix > 0)
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4484 }
4485
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4487 }
4488
4489 if (any_added)
4490 {
4491 struct so_list *iter;
4492 int ix;
4493 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4494
4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4496 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4497 "added");
4498 for (ix = 0;
4499 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4500 ix, iter);
4501 ++ix)
4502 {
4503 if (ix > 0)
4504 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4505 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4506 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4507 }
4508
4509 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4510 }
4511 }
4512
4513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4516 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4517 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4518 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4519 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4520 routine is one of:
4521
4522 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4523 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4524 code to print the location. An example is
4525 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4526 the location.
4527 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4528 to also print the location part of the message.
4529 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4530 don't require a location appended to the end.
4531 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4532 further info to be printed. */
4533
4534 enum print_stop_action
4535 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4536 {
4537 int val;
4538
4539 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4540 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4541 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4542 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4543 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4544 {
4545 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4546 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4547 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4548 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4549 return val;
4550 }
4551
4552 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4553 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4554 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4555 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4556 {
4557 print_solib_event (0);
4558 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4559 }
4560
4561 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4562 with and nothing was printed. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4564 }
4565
4566 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4567 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4568 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4569 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4570
4571 static int
4572 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4573 {
4574 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4575 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4576
4577 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4578 return i;
4579 }
4580
4581 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4582
4583 static bpstat
4584 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4585 {
4586 bpstat bs;
4587
4588 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4589 bs->next = NULL;
4590 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4591 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4592 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4593 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4594 incref_bp_location (bl);
4595 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4596 bs->commands = NULL;
4597 bs->old_val = NULL;
4598 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4599 return bs;
4600 }
4601 \f
4602 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4603 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4604
4605 int
4606 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4607 {
4608 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4609 CORE_ADDR addr;
4610 struct breakpoint *b;
4611
4612 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4613 {
4614 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4615 as not triggered. */
4616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4618 {
4619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4620
4621 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4622 }
4623
4624 return 0;
4625 }
4626
4627 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4628 {
4629 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4630 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4631 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4633 {
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635
4636 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4637 }
4638
4639 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4640 }
4641
4642 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4643 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4644 triggered. */
4645
4646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4648 {
4649 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4650 struct bp_location *loc;
4651
4652 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4653 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4654 {
4655 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4656 {
4657 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4658 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4659
4660 if (newaddr == start)
4661 {
4662 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4663 break;
4664 }
4665 }
4666 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4667 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4668 addr, loc->address,
4669 loc->length))
4670 {
4671 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4672 break;
4673 }
4674 }
4675 }
4676
4677 return 1;
4678 }
4679
4680 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4681 because of check_errors). */
4682 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4683 #define WP_DELETED 1
4684 /* The value has changed. */
4685 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4686 /* The value has not changed. */
4687 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4688 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4689 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4690
4691 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4692 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4693
4694 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4695 changed.
4696
4697 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4698 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4699
4700 static int
4701 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4702 {
4703 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4704 struct watchpoint *b;
4705 struct frame_info *fr;
4706 int within_current_scope;
4707
4708 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4709 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4710 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4711
4712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4716 return WP_IGNORE;
4717
4718 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4719 within_current_scope = 1;
4720 else
4721 {
4722 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4723 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4724 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4725
4726 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4727 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4728 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4729 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4730 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4731 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4732 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4733 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4734 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4736 return WP_IGNORE;
4737
4738 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4739 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4740
4741 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4742 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4743 if (within_current_scope)
4744 {
4745 struct symbol *function;
4746
4747 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4748 if (function == NULL
4749 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4750 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4751 within_current_scope = 0;
4752 }
4753
4754 if (within_current_scope)
4755 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4756 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4757 the user. */
4758 select_frame (fr);
4759 }
4760
4761 if (within_current_scope)
4762 {
4763 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4764 time before we return to the command level and call
4765 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4766 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4767
4768 int pc = 0;
4769 struct value *mark;
4770 struct value *new_val;
4771
4772 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4773 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4774 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4775 a mask watchpoint. */
4776 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4777
4778 mark = value_mark ();
4779 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4780
4781 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4782 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4783 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4784 not what we want. */
4785 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4786 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4787 {
4788 if (new_val != NULL)
4789 {
4790 release_value (new_val);
4791 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4792 }
4793 bs->old_val = b->val;
4794 b->val = new_val;
4795 b->val_valid = 1;
4796 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4797 }
4798 else
4799 {
4800 /* Nothing changed. */
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4803 }
4804 }
4805 else
4806 {
4807 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4808
4809 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4810 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4811 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4812 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4813 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4814 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4815 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4816 the first value assigned). */
4817 /* We print all the stop information in
4818 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4819 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4820 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4821 here. */
4822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4823 ui_out_field_string
4824 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4827 ui_out_text (uiout,
4828 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4829 which its expression is valid.\n");
4830
4831 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4832 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4833 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4834
4835 return WP_DELETED;
4836 }
4837 }
4838
4839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4841 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4842
4843 static int
4844 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4845 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4846 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4847 {
4848 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4849
4850 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4852
4853 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4854 }
4855
4856 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4857 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4858
4859 static void
4860 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4861 {
4862 const struct bp_location *bl;
4863 struct watchpoint *b;
4864
4865 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4866 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4867 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4868 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4869 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4870
4871 {
4872 int must_check_value = 0;
4873
4874 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4875 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4876 watched value. */
4877 must_check_value = 1;
4878 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4879 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4880 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4881 this watchpoint. */
4882 must_check_value = 1;
4883 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4884 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4885 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4886 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4887 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4888 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4889 must_check_value = 1;
4890
4891 if (must_check_value)
4892 {
4893 char *message
4894 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4895 b->base.number);
4896 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4897 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4898 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4899 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4900 switch (e)
4901 {
4902 case WP_DELETED:
4903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4904 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4905 /* Stop. */
4906 break;
4907 case WP_IGNORE:
4908 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4909 bs->stop = 0;
4910 break;
4911 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4912 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4913 {
4914 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4915
4916 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4917 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4918 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4919 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4920 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4921 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4922 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4923 old value.
4924
4925 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4926 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4927 happen:
4928
4929 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4930 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4931 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4932 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4933
4934 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4935 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4936 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4937 watchpoint.
4938
4939 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4940 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4941 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4942 changes. This still gives false positives when
4943 the program writes the same value to memory as
4944 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4945 it for a read), but it's much better than
4946 nothing. */
4947
4948 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4949
4950 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4951 {
4952 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4953
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4955 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4956 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4957 {
4958 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4959 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4960
4961 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4962 == watch_triggered_yes)
4963 {
4964 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4965 break;
4966 }
4967 }
4968 }
4969
4970 if (other_write_watchpoint
4971 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4972 {
4973 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4974 and the value changed since the last time we
4975 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4976 Ignore it. */
4977 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4978 bs->stop = 0;
4979 }
4980 }
4981 break;
4982 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4983 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4984 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4985 {
4986 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4987 the value hasn't changed. */
4988 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4989 bs->stop = 0;
4990 }
4991 /* Stop. */
4992 break;
4993 default:
4994 /* Can't happen. */
4995 case 0:
4996 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4998 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4999 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5000 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5001 break;
5002 }
5003 }
5004 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5005 {
5006 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5007 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5008 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5009 anything for this watchpoint. */
5010 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5011 bs->stop = 0;
5012 }
5013 }
5014 }
5015
5016
5017 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5018 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5019 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5020
5021 static void
5022 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5023 {
5024 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5025 const struct bp_location *bl;
5026 struct breakpoint *b;
5027
5028 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5029 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5030 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5031 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5032 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5033
5034 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5035 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5036 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5037
5038 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5039 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5040 bs->stop = 0;
5041 else if (bs->stop)
5042 {
5043 int value_is_zero = 0;
5044 struct expression *cond;
5045
5046 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5047 method implemented. */
5048 if (b->py_bp_object)
5049 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5050
5051 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5052 {
5053 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5054
5055 cond = w->cond_exp;
5056 }
5057 else
5058 cond = bl->cond;
5059
5060 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5061 {
5062 int within_current_scope = 1;
5063 struct watchpoint * w;
5064
5065 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5066 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5067 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5068 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5069 function call. */
5070 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5071
5072 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5073 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5074 else
5075 w = NULL;
5076
5077 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5078 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5079 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5080 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5081 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5082 call site. */
5083 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5084 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5085 else
5086 {
5087 struct frame_info *frame;
5088
5089 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5090 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5091 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5092 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5093 really matter which instantiation of the function
5094 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5095 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5096 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5097 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5098 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5099 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5100 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5101 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5102 intuitive. */
5103 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5104 if (frame != NULL)
5105 select_frame (frame);
5106 else
5107 within_current_scope = 0;
5108 }
5109 if (within_current_scope)
5110 value_is_zero
5111 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5112 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5113 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5114 else
5115 {
5116 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5117 "in the current scope"));
5118 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5119 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5120 value_is_zero = 0;
5121 }
5122 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5124 }
5125
5126 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5127 {
5128 bs->stop = 0;
5129 }
5130 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5131 {
5132 bs->stop = 0;
5133 }
5134 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5135 {
5136 b->ignore_count--;
5137 bs->stop = 0;
5138 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5139 ++(b->hit_count);
5140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5141 }
5142 }
5143 }
5144
5145
5146 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5147 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5148
5149 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5150 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5151 that:
5152
5153 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5154
5155 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5156
5157 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5158 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5159 several reasons concurrently.)
5160
5161 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5162 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5163
5164 bpstat
5165 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5167 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5168 {
5169 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5170 struct bp_location *bl;
5171 struct bp_location *loc;
5172 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5173 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5174 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5175 bpstat bs;
5176 int ix;
5177 int need_remove_insert;
5178 int removed_any;
5179
5180 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5181 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5182 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5183 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5184 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5185 inferior function calls. */
5186
5187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5188 {
5189 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5190 continue;
5191
5192 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5193 {
5194 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5195 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5196 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5197 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5198 checked all locations already. */
5199 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5200 break;
5201
5202 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5203 continue;
5204
5205 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5206 continue;
5207
5208 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5209 matches. */
5210
5211 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5212 explain stop. */
5213
5214 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5215 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5216 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5217 bs->stop = 1;
5218 bs->print = 1;
5219
5220 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5221 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5222 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5223 iteration. */
5224 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5225 {
5226 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5227
5228 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5229 }
5230 }
5231 }
5232
5233 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5234 {
5235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5236 {
5237 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5238 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5239 bs->stop = 0;
5240 bs->print = 0;
5241 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5242 }
5243 }
5244
5245 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5246 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5247 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5248 "catch unload". */
5249 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5250 {
5251 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5252 {
5253 handle_solib_event ();
5254 break;
5255 }
5256 }
5257
5258 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5259 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5260 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5261
5262 removed_any = 0;
5263
5264 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5265 {
5266 if (!bs->stop)
5267 continue;
5268
5269 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5270 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5271 if (bs->stop)
5272 {
5273 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5274
5275 if (bs->stop)
5276 {
5277 ++(b->hit_count);
5278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5279
5280 /* We will stop here. */
5281 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5282 {
5283 --(b->enable_count);
5284 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5285 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5286 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5287 removed_any = 1;
5288 }
5289 if (b->silent)
5290 bs->print = 0;
5291 bs->commands = b->commands;
5292 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5293 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5294 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5295 bs->print = 0;
5296 }
5297
5298 }
5299
5300 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5301 print. */
5302 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5303 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5304 }
5305
5306 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5307 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5308 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5309 done later. */
5310 need_remove_insert = 0;
5311 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5312 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5313 if (!bs->stop
5314 && bs->breakpoint_at
5315 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5316 {
5317 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5318
5319 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5320 need_remove_insert = 1;
5321 }
5322
5323 if (need_remove_insert)
5324 update_global_location_list (1);
5325 else if (removed_any)
5326 update_global_location_list (0);
5327
5328 return bs_head;
5329 }
5330
5331 static void
5332 handle_jit_event (void)
5333 {
5334 struct frame_info *frame;
5335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5336
5337 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5338 breakpoint_re_set. */
5339 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5340
5341 frame = get_current_frame ();
5342 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5343
5344 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5345
5346 target_terminal_inferior ();
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5350
5351 void
5352 handle_solib_event (void)
5353 {
5354 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5355
5356 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5357 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5358 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5359 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5360 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5361 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5362 #else
5363 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5364 #endif
5365 target_terminal_inferior ();
5366 }
5367
5368 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5369
5370 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5371
5372 struct bpstat_what
5373 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5374 {
5375 struct bpstat_what retval;
5376 int jit_event = 0;
5377 bpstat bs;
5378
5379 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5380 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5381 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5382
5383 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5384 {
5385 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5386 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5387 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5388 enum bptype bptype;
5389
5390 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5391 {
5392 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5393 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5394 bptype = bp_none;
5395 }
5396 else
5397 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5398
5399 switch (bptype)
5400 {
5401 case bp_none:
5402 break;
5403 case bp_breakpoint:
5404 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5405 case bp_until:
5406 case bp_finish:
5407 case bp_shlib_event:
5408 if (bs->stop)
5409 {
5410 if (bs->print)
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5412 else
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5417 break;
5418 case bp_watchpoint:
5419 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5420 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5421 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5422 if (bs->stop)
5423 {
5424 if (bs->print)
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5426 else
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5428 }
5429 else
5430 {
5431 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5432 This requires no further action. */
5433 }
5434 break;
5435 case bp_longjmp:
5436 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5437 case bp_exception:
5438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5439 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5440 break;
5441 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5442 case bp_exception_resume:
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5444 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5445 break;
5446 case bp_step_resume:
5447 if (bs->stop)
5448 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5449 else
5450 {
5451 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5453 }
5454 break;
5455 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5456 if (bs->stop)
5457 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5458 else
5459 {
5460 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5461 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5462 }
5463 break;
5464 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5465 case bp_thread_event:
5466 case bp_overlay_event:
5467 case bp_longjmp_master:
5468 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5469 case bp_exception_master:
5470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5471 break;
5472 case bp_catchpoint:
5473 if (bs->stop)
5474 {
5475 if (bs->print)
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5477 else
5478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5479 }
5480 else
5481 {
5482 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5483 This requires no further action. */
5484 }
5485 break;
5486 case bp_jit_event:
5487 jit_event = 1;
5488 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5489 break;
5490 case bp_call_dummy:
5491 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5492 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5493 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5494 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5495 break;
5496 case bp_std_terminate:
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5501 break;
5502 case bp_tracepoint:
5503 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5504 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5505 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5506 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5507 out already. */
5508 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5509 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5510 break;
5511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5512 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5514 break;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5516 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5517 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5518 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5519 break;
5520
5521 case bp_dprintf:
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5523 break;
5524
5525 default:
5526 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5528 }
5529
5530 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5531 }
5532
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5535
5536 if (jit_event)
5537 {
5538 if (debug_infrun)
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5540
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5542 }
5543
5544 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5545 {
5546 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5547
5548 if (b == NULL)
5549 continue;
5550 switch (b->type)
5551 {
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5554 break;
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5557 break;
5558 }
5559 }
5560
5561 return retval;
5562 }
5563
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5567
5568 int
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5570 {
5571 struct breakpoint *b;
5572
5573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5575 return 1;
5576 return 0;
5577 }
5578
5579 int
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5581 {
5582 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5583 if (bs->stop)
5584 return 1;
5585
5586 return 0;
5587 }
5588
5589 \f
5590
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5594
5595 static char *
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5597 {
5598 static char wrap_indent[80];
5599 int i, total_width, width, align;
5600 char *text;
5601
5602 total_width = 0;
5603 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5604 {
5605 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5606 {
5607 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5608 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5609 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5610
5611 return wrap_indent;
5612 }
5613
5614 total_width += width + 1;
5615 }
5616
5617 return NULL;
5618 }
5619
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5622
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5626 */
5627
5628 static const char *
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5630 {
5631 struct bp_location *bl;
5632 char host_evals = 0;
5633 char target_evals = 0;
5634
5635 if (!b)
5636 return NULL;
5637
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5639 return NULL;
5640
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host;
5644
5645 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5646 {
5647 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5648 target_evals++;
5649 else
5650 host_evals++;
5651 }
5652
5653 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both;
5655 else if (target_evals)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target;
5657 else
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5659 }
5660
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5663
5664 static const char *
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5666 {
5667 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5668 return NULL;
5669
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host;
5673
5674 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target;
5676 else
5677 return condition_evaluation_host;
5678 }
5679
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5681
5682 static void
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5684 struct bp_location *loc)
5685 {
5686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5687 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5688
5689 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5690 loc = NULL;
5691
5692 if (loc != NULL)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5694
5695 if (b->display_canonical)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5697 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5698 {
5699 struct symbol *sym
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5701 if (sym)
5702 {
5703 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5709 }
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5711 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5712
5713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5714 {
5715 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5716 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5717
5718 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5719 }
5720
5721 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5722 }
5723 else if (loc)
5724 {
5725 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5726 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5727
5728 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5729 demangle, "");
5730 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5731
5732 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5733 }
5734 else
5735 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5736
5737 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5738 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5739 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5740 {
5741 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5743 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5744 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5745 }
5746
5747 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5748 }
5749
5750 static const char *
5751 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5752 {
5753 struct ep_type_description
5754 {
5755 enum bptype type;
5756 char *description;
5757 };
5758 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5759 {
5760 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5761 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5762 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5763 {bp_until, "until"},
5764 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5765 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5768 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5769 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5770 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5771 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5772 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5773 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5774 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5775 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5776 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5777 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5778 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5779 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5780 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5781 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5782 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5783 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5784 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5785 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5786 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5788 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5789 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5790 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5791 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5792 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5793 };
5794
5795 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5796 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5797 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5798 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5799 (int) type);
5800
5801 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5802 }
5803
5804 DEF_VEC_I(int);
5805
5806 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5807 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5808
5809 static void
5810 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5811 const char *field_name,
5812 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5813 int mi_only)
5814 {
5815 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5816 field_name);
5817 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5818 int inf;
5819 int i;
5820
5821 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5822 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5823 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5824 return;
5825
5826 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5827 {
5828 if (is_mi)
5829 {
5830 char mi_group[10];
5831
5832 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5833 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5834 }
5835 else
5836 {
5837 if (i == 0)
5838 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5839 else
5840 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5841
5842 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5843 }
5844 }
5845
5846 do_cleanups (back_to);
5847 }
5848
5849 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5850
5851 static void
5852 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5853 struct bp_location *loc,
5854 int loc_number,
5855 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5856 int allflag)
5857 {
5858 struct command_line *l;
5859 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5860
5861 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5862 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5863 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5864 struct value_print_options opts;
5865
5866 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5867
5868 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5869 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5870 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5871 if (loc == NULL
5872 && (b->loc != NULL
5873 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5874 header_of_multiple = 1;
5875 if (loc == NULL)
5876 loc = b->loc;
5877
5878 annotate_record ();
5879
5880 /* 1 */
5881 annotate_field (0);
5882 if (part_of_multiple)
5883 {
5884 char *formatted;
5885 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5886 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5887 xfree (formatted);
5888 }
5889 else
5890 {
5891 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5892 }
5893
5894 /* 2 */
5895 annotate_field (1);
5896 if (part_of_multiple)
5897 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5898 else
5899 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5900
5901 /* 3 */
5902 annotate_field (2);
5903 if (part_of_multiple)
5904 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5905 else
5906 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5907
5908
5909 /* 4 */
5910 annotate_field (3);
5911 if (part_of_multiple)
5912 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5913 else
5914 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5915 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5916 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5917
5918
5919 /* 5 and 6 */
5920 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5921 {
5922 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5923 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5924 make sure there's just one location. */
5925 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5926 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5927 }
5928 else
5929 switch (b->type)
5930 {
5931 case bp_none:
5932 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5933 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5934 break;
5935
5936 case bp_watchpoint:
5937 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5938 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5939 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5940 {
5941 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5942
5943 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5944 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5945 is relatively readable). */
5946 if (opts.addressprint)
5947 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5948 annotate_field (5);
5949 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5950 }
5951 break;
5952
5953 case bp_breakpoint:
5954 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5955 case bp_until:
5956 case bp_finish:
5957 case bp_longjmp:
5958 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5959 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5960 case bp_exception:
5961 case bp_exception_resume:
5962 case bp_step_resume:
5963 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5964 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5965 case bp_call_dummy:
5966 case bp_std_terminate:
5967 case bp_shlib_event:
5968 case bp_thread_event:
5969 case bp_overlay_event:
5970 case bp_longjmp_master:
5971 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5972 case bp_exception_master:
5973 case bp_tracepoint:
5974 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5975 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5976 case bp_dprintf:
5977 case bp_jit_event:
5978 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5979 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5980 if (opts.addressprint)
5981 {
5982 annotate_field (4);
5983 if (header_of_multiple)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5985 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5987 else
5988 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5989 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5990 }
5991 annotate_field (5);
5992 if (!header_of_multiple)
5993 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5994 if (b->loc)
5995 *last_loc = b->loc;
5996 break;
5997 }
5998
5999
6000 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6001 {
6002 struct inferior *inf;
6003 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6004 int mi_only = 1;
6005
6006 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6007 {
6008 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6009 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6010 }
6011
6012 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6013 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6014 if (allflag
6015 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6016 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6017 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6018 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6019 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6020 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6021 mi_only = 0;
6022 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6023 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6024 }
6025
6026 if (!part_of_multiple)
6027 {
6028 if (b->thread != -1)
6029 {
6030 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6031 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6033 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6034 }
6035 else if (b->task != 0)
6036 {
6037 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6038 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6039 }
6040 }
6041
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6043
6044 if (!part_of_multiple)
6045 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6046
6047 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6048 {
6049 annotate_field (6);
6050 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6051 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6052 the frame ID. */
6053 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6054 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6055 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6056 }
6057
6058 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6059 {
6060 annotate_field (7);
6061 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6063 else
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6065 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6066
6067 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6068 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6069 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6070 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6071 == condition_evaluation_target)
6072 {
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6074 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6075 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6076 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6077 }
6078 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6079 }
6080
6081 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6082 {
6083 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6085 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6086 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6087 }
6088
6089 if (!part_of_multiple)
6090 {
6091 if (b->hit_count)
6092 {
6093 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6094 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6095 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6096 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6098 else
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6101 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6102 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6104 else
6105 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6106 }
6107 else
6108 {
6109 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6110 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6111 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6112 }
6113 }
6114
6115 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6116 {
6117 annotate_field (8);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6119 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6120 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6121 }
6122
6123 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6124 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6125 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6126 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6127 {
6128 annotate_field (8);
6129 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6130 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6131 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6132 if (b->ignore_count)
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6134 else
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6136 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6137 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6138 }
6139
6140 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6141 {
6142 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6143
6144 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6145 {
6146 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6147 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6148 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6149 }
6150 }
6151
6152 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6153 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6154 {
6155 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6156
6157 annotate_field (9);
6158 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6159 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6160 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6161 }
6162
6163 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6164 {
6165 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6166
6167 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6168 {
6169 annotate_field (10);
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6171 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6172 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6173 }
6174
6175 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6176 pending. */
6177 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6178 {
6179 annotate_field (11);
6180
6181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6182 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6183 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6184 else
6185 {
6186 if (loc->inserted)
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6188 else
6189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6190 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6191 }
6192 }
6193 }
6194
6195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6196 {
6197 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6198 {
6199 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6200
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6202 }
6203 else if (b->addr_string)
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6205 }
6206 }
6207
6208 static void
6209 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6210 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6211 int allflag)
6212 {
6213 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6214 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6215
6216 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6217
6218 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6219 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6220
6221 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6222 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6223 locations, if any. */
6224 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6225 {
6226 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6227 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6228 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6229 situation.
6230
6231 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6232 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6233 if (b->loc
6234 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6235 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6236 {
6237 struct bp_location *loc;
6238 int n = 1;
6239
6240 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6241 {
6242 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6243 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6244 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6245 do_cleanups (inner2);
6246 }
6247 }
6248 }
6249 }
6250
6251 static int
6252 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6253 {
6254 int print_address_bits = 0;
6255 struct bp_location *loc;
6256
6257 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6258 {
6259 int addr_bit;
6260
6261 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6262 an address to print. */
6263 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6264 continue;
6265
6266 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6267 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6268 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6269 }
6270
6271 return print_address_bits;
6272 }
6273
6274 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6275 {
6276 int bnum;
6277 };
6278
6279 static int
6280 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6281 {
6282 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6283 struct breakpoint *b;
6284 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6285
6286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6287 {
6288 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6289 {
6290 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6291 return GDB_RC_OK;
6292 }
6293 }
6294 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6295 }
6296
6297 enum gdb_rc
6298 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6299 char **error_message)
6300 {
6301 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6302
6303 args.bnum = bnum;
6304 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6305 an error. */
6306 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6307 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6308 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6309 else
6310 return GDB_RC_OK;
6311 }
6312
6313 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6314 internal or momentary. */
6315
6316 int
6317 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6318 {
6319 return b->number > 0;
6320 }
6321
6322 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6323 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6324 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6325 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6326 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6327 breakpoints listed. */
6328
6329 static int
6330 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6331 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6332 {
6333 struct breakpoint *b;
6334 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6335 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6336 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6337 struct value_print_options opts;
6338 int print_address_bits = 0;
6339 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6340 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6341
6342 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6343
6344 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6345 required for address fields. */
6346 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6347 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6348 {
6349 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6350 if (filter && !filter (b))
6351 continue;
6352
6353 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6354 accept. Skip the others. */
6355 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6356 {
6357 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6358 continue;
6359 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6360 continue;
6361 }
6362
6363 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6364 {
6365 int addr_bit, type_len;
6366
6367 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6368 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6369 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6370
6371 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6372 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6373 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6374
6375 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6376 }
6377 }
6378
6379 if (opts.addressprint)
6380 bkpttbl_chain
6381 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6382 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6383 "BreakpointTable");
6384 else
6385 bkpttbl_chain
6386 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6387 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6388 "BreakpointTable");
6389
6390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6391 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6393 annotate_field (0);
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6396 annotate_field (1);
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6398 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 annotate_field (2);
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6402 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6403 annotate_field (3);
6404 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6405 if (opts.addressprint)
6406 {
6407 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6408 annotate_field (4);
6409 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6412 else
6413 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6414 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6415 }
6416 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6417 annotate_field (5);
6418 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6419 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6420 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6421 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6422
6423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6424 {
6425 QUIT;
6426 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6427 if (filter && !filter (b))
6428 continue;
6429
6430 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6431 accept. Skip the others. */
6432
6433 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6434 {
6435 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6436 {
6437 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6438 continue;
6439 }
6440 else /* all others */
6441 {
6442 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6443 continue;
6444 }
6445 }
6446 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6447 allflag is set. */
6448 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6449 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6450 }
6451
6452 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6453
6454 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6455 {
6456 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6457 empty list. */
6458 if (!filter)
6459 {
6460 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6461 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6462 else
6463 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6464 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6465 args);
6466 }
6467 }
6468 else
6469 {
6470 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6471 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6472 }
6473
6474 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6475 there have been breakpoints? */
6476 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6477
6478 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6479 }
6480
6481 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6482 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6483
6484 static void
6485 default_collect_info (void)
6486 {
6487 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6488
6489 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6490 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6491 not wanted. */
6492 if (!*default_collect)
6493 return;
6494
6495 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6496 actions. */
6497 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6499 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6500 }
6501
6502 static void
6503 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6504 {
6505 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6506
6507 default_collect_info ();
6508 }
6509
6510 static void
6511 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6512 {
6513 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6514 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6515
6516 if (num_printed == 0)
6517 {
6518 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6519 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6520 else
6521 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6522 }
6523 }
6524
6525 static void
6526 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6527 {
6528 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6529
6530 default_collect_info ();
6531 }
6532
6533 static int
6534 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6535 struct program_space *pspace,
6536 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6537 {
6538 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6539
6540 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6541 {
6542 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6543 && bl->address == pc
6544 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6545 return 1;
6546 }
6547 return 0;
6548 }
6549
6550 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6551 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6552 address spaces. */
6553
6554 static void
6555 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6556 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6557 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6558 {
6559 int others = 0;
6560 struct breakpoint *b;
6561
6562 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6563 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6564 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6565 if (others > 0)
6566 {
6567 if (others == 1)
6568 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6569 else /* if (others == ???) */
6570 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6572 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6573 {
6574 others--;
6575 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6576 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6577 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6578 else if (b->thread != -1)
6579 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6580 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6581 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6582 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6583 ? " (disabled)"
6584 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6585 ? " (permanent)"
6586 : ""),
6587 (others > 1) ? ","
6588 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6589 }
6590 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6591 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6592 printf_filtered (".\n");
6593 }
6594 }
6595 \f
6596
6597 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6598 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6599 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6600 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6601
6602 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6603 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6604 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6605 breakpoint at address zero:
6606
6607 bp_watchpoint
6608 bp_catchpoint
6609
6610 */
6611
6612 static int
6613 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6614 {
6615 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6616
6617 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6618 }
6619
6620 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6621 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6622
6623 static int
6624 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6625 struct bp_location *loc2)
6626 {
6627 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6628 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6629
6630 /* Both of them must exist. */
6631 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6632 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6633
6634 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6635 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6636 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6637 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6638 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6639 other watchpoint. */
6640 if ((w1->cond_exp
6641 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6642 loc1->length,
6643 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6644 w1->cond_exp))
6645 || (w2->cond_exp
6646 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6647 loc2->length,
6648 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6649 w2->cond_exp)))
6650 return 0;
6651
6652 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6653 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6654 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6655 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6656 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6657 become hw_access locations later. */
6658 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6659 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6660 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6661 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6662 }
6663
6664 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6665 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6666 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6667 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6668
6669 static int
6670 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6671 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6672 {
6673 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6674 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6675 && addr1 == addr2);
6676 }
6677
6678 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6679 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6680 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6681 space doesn't really matter. */
6682
6683 static int
6684 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6685 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6686 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6687 {
6688 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6689 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6690 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6691 }
6692
6693 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6694 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6695 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6696 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6697
6698 static int
6699 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6700 struct address_space *aspace,
6701 CORE_ADDR addr)
6702 {
6703 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6704 aspace, addr)
6705 || (bl->length
6706 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6707 bl->address, bl->length,
6708 aspace, addr)));
6709 }
6710
6711 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6712 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6713 true, otherwise returns false. */
6714
6715 static int
6716 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6717 struct bp_location *loc2)
6718 {
6719 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6720 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6721 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6722 different locations. */
6723 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6724 else
6725 return 0;
6726 }
6727
6728 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6729 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6730 represent the same location. */
6731
6732 static int
6733 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6734 struct bp_location *loc2)
6735 {
6736 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6737
6738 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6739 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6740 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6741
6742 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6743 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6744
6745 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6746 return 0;
6747 else if (hw_point1)
6748 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6749 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6750 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6751 else
6752 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6753 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6754 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6755 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6756 }
6757
6758 static void
6759 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6760 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6761 {
6762 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6763 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6764 char astr1[64];
6765 char astr2[64];
6766
6767 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6768 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6769 if (have_bnum)
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6771 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6772 else
6773 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6774 }
6775
6776 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6777 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6778 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6779 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6780
6781 static CORE_ADDR
6782 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6783 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6784 {
6785 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6786 {
6787 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6788 return bpaddr;
6789 }
6790 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6792 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6793 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6794 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6795 {
6796 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6797 have their addresses modified. */
6798 return bpaddr;
6799 }
6800 else
6801 {
6802 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6803
6804 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6805 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6806 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6807
6808 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6809 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6810 is required. */
6811 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6812 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6813
6814 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6815 }
6816 }
6817
6818 void
6819 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6820 struct breakpoint *owner)
6821 {
6822 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6823
6824 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6825
6826 loc->ops = ops;
6827 loc->owner = owner;
6828 loc->cond = NULL;
6829 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6830 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6831 loc->enabled = 1;
6832
6833 switch (owner->type)
6834 {
6835 case bp_breakpoint:
6836 case bp_until:
6837 case bp_finish:
6838 case bp_longjmp:
6839 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6840 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6841 case bp_exception:
6842 case bp_exception_resume:
6843 case bp_step_resume:
6844 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6845 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6846 case bp_call_dummy:
6847 case bp_std_terminate:
6848 case bp_shlib_event:
6849 case bp_thread_event:
6850 case bp_overlay_event:
6851 case bp_jit_event:
6852 case bp_longjmp_master:
6853 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6854 case bp_exception_master:
6855 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6856 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6857 case bp_dprintf:
6858 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6859 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6860 break;
6861 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6862 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6863 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6864 break;
6865 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6866 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6867 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6868 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6869 break;
6870 case bp_watchpoint:
6871 case bp_catchpoint:
6872 case bp_tracepoint:
6873 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6874 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6875 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6876 break;
6877 default:
6878 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6879 }
6880
6881 loc->refc = 1;
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6885
6886 static struct bp_location *
6887 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6888 {
6889 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6890 }
6891
6892 static void
6893 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6894 {
6895 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6896 xfree (loc);
6897 }
6898
6899 /* Increment reference count. */
6900
6901 static void
6902 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6903 {
6904 ++bl->refc;
6905 }
6906
6907 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6908 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6909
6910 static void
6911 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6912 {
6913 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6914
6915 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6916 free_bp_location (*blp);
6917 *blp = NULL;
6918 }
6919
6920 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6921
6922 static void
6923 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6924 {
6925 struct breakpoint *b1;
6926
6927 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6928 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6929
6930 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6931 if (b1 == 0)
6932 breakpoint_chain = b;
6933 else
6934 {
6935 while (b1->next)
6936 b1 = b1->next;
6937 b1->next = b;
6938 }
6939 }
6940
6941 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6942
6943 static void
6944 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6945 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6946 enum bptype bptype,
6947 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6948 {
6949 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6950
6951 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6952
6953 b->ops = ops;
6954 b->type = bptype;
6955 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6956 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6957 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6958 b->thread = -1;
6959 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6960 b->next = 0;
6961 b->silent = 0;
6962 b->ignore_count = 0;
6963 b->commands = NULL;
6964 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6965 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6966 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6967 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6968 }
6969
6970 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6971 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6972
6973 static struct breakpoint *
6974 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6975 enum bptype bptype,
6976 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6977 {
6978 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6979
6980 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6981 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6982 return b;
6983 }
6984
6985 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6986 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6987 enough. */
6988
6989 static void
6990 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6991 {
6992 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6993
6994 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6995 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6996 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6997 {
6998 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6999 const char *function_name;
7000 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7001
7002 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7003 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7004
7005 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7006 {
7007 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7008
7009 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7010 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7011 &loc->requested_address))
7012 {
7013 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7014 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7015 loc->requested_address,
7016 b->type);
7017 }
7018 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7019 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7020 {
7021 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7022 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7023 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7024 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7025 breakpoint. */
7026 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7027 }
7028 }
7029
7030 if (function_name)
7031 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7032 }
7033 }
7034
7035 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7036 struct gdbarch *
7037 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7038 {
7039 if (sal.section)
7040 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7041 if (sal.symtab)
7042 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7043
7044 return NULL;
7045 }
7046
7047 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7048 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7049 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7050
7051 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7052 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7053 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7054
7055 static void
7056 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7057 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7058 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7059 {
7060 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7061
7062 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7063
7064 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7065 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7066
7067 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7068 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7069 program space. */
7070 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7071 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7072 }
7073
7074 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7075 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7076 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7077 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7078 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7079 is also returned as the value of this function.
7080
7081 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7082 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7083 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7084 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7085 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7086 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7087 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7088
7089 struct breakpoint *
7090 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7091 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7092 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7093 {
7094 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7095
7096 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7097 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7098 return b;
7099 }
7100
7101
7102 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7103 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7104 void
7105 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7106 {
7107 struct bp_location *bl;
7108
7109 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7110
7111 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7112 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7113 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7114 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7115 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7116 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7117 bl->inserted = 1;
7118 }
7119
7120 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7121 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7122 initiated the operation. */
7123
7124 void
7125 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7126 {
7127 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7128 int thread = tp->num;
7129
7130 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7131 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7132 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7133 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7134 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7135 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7136 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7137 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7138 {
7139 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7140 struct breakpoint *clone;
7141
7142 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7143 after their removal. */
7144 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7145 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7146 clone->thread = thread;
7147 }
7148
7149 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7150 }
7151
7152 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7153 void
7154 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7155 {
7156 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7157
7158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7159 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7160 {
7161 if (b->thread == thread)
7162 delete_breakpoint (b);
7163 }
7164 }
7165
7166 void
7167 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7168 {
7169 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7170
7171 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7172 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7173 {
7174 if (b->thread == thread)
7175 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7176 }
7177 }
7178
7179 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7180 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7181 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7182 breakpoints. */
7183
7184 struct breakpoint *
7185 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7186 {
7187 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7188
7189 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7190 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7191 {
7192 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7193
7194 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7195 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7196 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7197
7198 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7199
7200 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7201 if (retval == NULL)
7202 retval = new_b;
7203 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7204 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7205 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7206 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7207 }
7208
7209 return retval;
7210 }
7211
7212 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7213 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7214 stack.
7215
7216 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7217 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7218 frames. */
7219
7220 void
7221 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7222 {
7223 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7224
7225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7226 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7227 {
7228 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7229
7230 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7231 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7232 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7233 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7234 continue;
7235
7236 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7237
7238 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7239 {
7240 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7241 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7242 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7243 }
7244 delete_breakpoint (b);
7245 }
7246 }
7247
7248 void
7249 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7250 {
7251 struct breakpoint *b;
7252
7253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7254 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7255 {
7256 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7257 update_global_location_list (1);
7258 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7259 }
7260 }
7261
7262 void
7263 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7264 {
7265 struct breakpoint *b;
7266
7267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7268 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7269 {
7270 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7271 update_global_location_list (0);
7272 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7273 }
7274 }
7275
7276 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7277 master breakpoint. */
7278 void
7279 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7280 {
7281 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7282
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7284 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7285 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7286 {
7287 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7288 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7289 }
7290 }
7291
7292 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7293 void
7294 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7295 {
7296 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7297
7298 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7299 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7300 delete_breakpoint (b);
7301 }
7302
7303 struct breakpoint *
7304 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7305 {
7306 struct breakpoint *b;
7307
7308 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7310
7311 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7312 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7313 b->addr_string
7314 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7315
7316 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7317
7318 return b;
7319 }
7320
7321 void
7322 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7323 {
7324 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7325
7326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7327 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7328 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7329 delete_breakpoint (b);
7330 }
7331
7332 struct lang_and_radix
7333 {
7334 enum language lang;
7335 int radix;
7336 };
7337
7338 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7339
7340 struct breakpoint *
7341 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7342 {
7343 struct breakpoint *b;
7344
7345 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7346 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7347 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7348 return b;
7349 }
7350
7351 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7352
7353 void
7354 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7355 {
7356 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7357
7358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7359 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7360 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7361 delete_breakpoint (b);
7362 }
7363
7364 void
7365 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7366 {
7367 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7368
7369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7370 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7371 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7372 delete_breakpoint (b);
7373 }
7374
7375 struct breakpoint *
7376 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7377 {
7378 struct breakpoint *b;
7379
7380 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7381 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7382 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7383 return b;
7384 }
7385
7386 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7387 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7388
7389 void
7390 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7391 {
7392 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7393
7394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7395 {
7396 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7397 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7398
7399 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7400 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7401 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7402 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7403 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7404 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7405 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7406 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7407 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7408 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7409 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7410 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7411 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7412 #else
7413 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7414 #endif
7415 )
7416 {
7417 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7418 }
7419 }
7420 }
7421
7422 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7423 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7424 disabled. */
7425
7426 static void
7427 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7428 {
7429 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7430 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7431
7432 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7433 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7434 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7435 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7436 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7437 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7438 return;
7439
7440 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7441 {
7442 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7443 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7444
7445 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7446 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7447 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7448 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7449 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7450 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7451 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7452 || is_tracepoint (b))
7453 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7454 {
7455 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7456 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7457 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7458 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7459 loc->inserted = 0;
7460
7461 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7462 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7463
7464 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7465 {
7466 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7467 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7468 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7469 solib->so_name);
7470 }
7471 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7472 }
7473 }
7474 }
7475
7476 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7477
7478 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7479 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7480 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7481 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7482 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7483
7484 struct fork_catchpoint
7485 {
7486 /* The base class. */
7487 struct breakpoint base;
7488
7489 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7490 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7491 catchpoint has triggered. */
7492 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7493 };
7494
7495 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7496 catchpoints. */
7497
7498 static int
7499 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7500 {
7501 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7502 }
7503
7504 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7505 catchpoints. */
7506
7507 static int
7508 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7509 {
7510 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7511 }
7512
7513 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7514 catchpoints. */
7515
7516 static int
7517 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7518 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7519 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7520 {
7521 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7522
7523 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7524 return 0;
7525
7526 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7527 return 1;
7528 }
7529
7530 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7531 catchpoints. */
7532
7533 static enum print_stop_action
7534 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7535 {
7536 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7537 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7538 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7539
7540 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7541 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7542 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7543 else
7544 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7546 {
7547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7550 }
7551 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7552 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7553 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7554 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7555 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7556 }
7557
7558 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7559 catchpoints. */
7560
7561 static void
7562 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7563 {
7564 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7565 struct value_print_options opts;
7566 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7567
7568 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7569
7570 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7571 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7572 readable). */
7573 if (opts.addressprint)
7574 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7575 annotate_field (5);
7576 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7577 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7578 {
7579 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7580 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7581 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7582 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7583 }
7584
7585 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7586 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7587 }
7588
7589 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7590 catchpoints. */
7591
7592 static void
7593 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7594 {
7595 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7596 }
7597
7598 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7599 catchpoints. */
7600
7601 static void
7602 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7603 {
7604 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7605 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7606 }
7607
7608 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7609
7610 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7611
7612 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7613 catchpoints. */
7614
7615 static int
7616 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7617 {
7618 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7619 }
7620
7621 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7622 catchpoints. */
7623
7624 static int
7625 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7626 {
7627 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7628 }
7629
7630 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7631 catchpoints. */
7632
7633 static int
7634 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7635 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7636 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7637 {
7638 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7639
7640 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7641 return 0;
7642
7643 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7644 return 1;
7645 }
7646
7647 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7648 catchpoints. */
7649
7650 static enum print_stop_action
7651 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7652 {
7653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7654 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7655 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7656
7657 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7658 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7659 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7660 else
7661 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7663 {
7664 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7667 }
7668 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7669 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7670 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7671 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7672 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7673 }
7674
7675 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7676 catchpoints. */
7677
7678 static void
7679 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7680 {
7681 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7682 struct value_print_options opts;
7683 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7684
7685 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7686 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7687 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7688 readable). */
7689 if (opts.addressprint)
7690 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7691 annotate_field (5);
7692 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7693 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7694 {
7695 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7696 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7697 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7698 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7699 }
7700
7701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7703 }
7704
7705 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7706 catchpoints. */
7707
7708 static void
7709 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7710 {
7711 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7712 }
7713
7714 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7715 catchpoints. */
7716
7717 static void
7718 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7719 {
7720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7721 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7722 }
7723
7724 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7725
7726 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7727
7728 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7729 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7730 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7731 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7732 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7733
7734 struct solib_catchpoint
7735 {
7736 /* The base class. */
7737 struct breakpoint base;
7738
7739 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7740 unsigned char is_load;
7741
7742 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7743 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7744 char *regex;
7745 regex_t compiled;
7746 };
7747
7748 static void
7749 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7750 {
7751 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7752
7753 if (self->regex)
7754 regfree (&self->compiled);
7755 xfree (self->regex);
7756
7757 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7758 }
7759
7760 static int
7761 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7762 {
7763 return 0;
7764 }
7765
7766 static int
7767 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7768 {
7769 return 0;
7770 }
7771
7772 static int
7773 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7774 struct address_space *aspace,
7775 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7776 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7777 {
7778 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7779 struct breakpoint *other;
7780
7781 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7782 return 1;
7783
7784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7785 {
7786 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7787
7788 if (other == bl->owner)
7789 continue;
7790
7791 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7792 continue;
7793
7794 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7795 continue;
7796
7797 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7798 {
7799 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7800 return 1;
7801 }
7802 }
7803
7804 return 0;
7805 }
7806
7807 static void
7808 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7809 {
7810 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7811 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7812 int ix;
7813
7814 if (self->is_load)
7815 {
7816 struct so_list *iter;
7817
7818 for (ix = 0;
7819 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7820 ix, iter);
7821 ++ix)
7822 {
7823 if (!self->regex
7824 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7825 return;
7826 }
7827 }
7828 else
7829 {
7830 char *iter;
7831
7832 for (ix = 0;
7833 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7834 ix, iter);
7835 ++ix)
7836 {
7837 if (!self->regex
7838 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7839 return;
7840 }
7841 }
7842
7843 bs->stop = 0;
7844 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7845 }
7846
7847 static enum print_stop_action
7848 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7849 {
7850 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7851 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7852
7853 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7854 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7855 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7856 else
7857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7858 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7859 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7862 print_solib_event (1);
7863 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7864 }
7865
7866 static void
7867 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7868 {
7869 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7870 struct value_print_options opts;
7871 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7872 char *msg;
7873
7874 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7875 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7876 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7877 readable). */
7878 if (opts.addressprint)
7879 {
7880 annotate_field (4);
7881 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7882 }
7883
7884 annotate_field (5);
7885 if (self->is_load)
7886 {
7887 if (self->regex)
7888 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7889 else
7890 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7891 }
7892 else
7893 {
7894 if (self->regex)
7895 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7896 else
7897 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7898 }
7899 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7900 xfree (msg);
7901
7902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7904 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7905 }
7906
7907 static void
7908 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7909 {
7910 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7911
7912 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7913 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7914 }
7915
7916 static void
7917 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7918 {
7919 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7920
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7922 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7923 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7924 if (self->regex)
7925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7927 }
7928
7929 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7930
7931 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7932 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7933 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7934 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7935 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7936 created in an enabled state. */
7937
7938 void
7939 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7940 {
7941 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7942 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7943 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7944
7945 if (!arg)
7946 arg = "";
7947 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7948
7949 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7950 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7951
7952 if (*arg != '\0')
7953 {
7954 int errcode;
7955
7956 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7957 if (errcode != 0)
7958 {
7959 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7960
7961 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7962 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7963 }
7964 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7965 }
7966
7967 c->is_load = is_load;
7968 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7969 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7970
7971 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7972
7973 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7974 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7975 }
7976
7977 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7978 "catch unload". */
7979
7980 static void
7981 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7982 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7983 {
7984 int tempflag;
7985 const int enabled = 1;
7986
7987 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7988
7989 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7990 }
7991
7992 static void
7993 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7994 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7995 {
7996 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7997 }
7998
7999 static void
8000 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8001 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8002 {
8003 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8004 }
8005
8006 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8007 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8008 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8009 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8010 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8011
8012 struct syscall_catchpoint
8013 {
8014 /* The base class. */
8015 struct breakpoint base;
8016
8017 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8018 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8019 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8020 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8021 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8022 };
8023
8024 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8025 catchpoints. */
8026
8027 static void
8028 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8029 {
8030 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8031
8032 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8033
8034 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8035 }
8036
8037 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8038
8039 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8040 {
8041 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8042 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8043 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8044
8045 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8046 int any_syscall_count;
8047
8048 /* Count of each system call. */
8049 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8050
8051 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8052 if any catching is necessary. */
8053 int total_syscalls_count;
8054 };
8055
8056 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8057 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8058 {
8059 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8060
8061 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8062 if (inf_data == NULL)
8063 {
8064 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8065 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8066 }
8067
8068 return inf_data;
8069 }
8070
8071 static void
8072 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8073 {
8074 xfree (arg);
8075 }
8076
8077
8078 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8079 catchpoints. */
8080
8081 static int
8082 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8083 {
8084 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8085 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8086 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8087 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8088
8089 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8090 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8091 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8092 else
8093 {
8094 int i, iter;
8095
8096 for (i = 0;
8097 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8098 i++)
8099 {
8100 int elem;
8101
8102 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8103 {
8104 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8105 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8106 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8107 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8108 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8109 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8110 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8111 + vec_addr_offset);
8112 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8113 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8114 }
8115 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8116 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8117 }
8118 }
8119
8120 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8121 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8122 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8123 VEC_length (int,
8124 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8125 VEC_address (int,
8126 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8127 }
8128
8129 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8130 catchpoints. */
8131
8132 static int
8133 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8134 {
8135 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8136 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8137 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8138 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8139
8140 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8141 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8142 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8143 else
8144 {
8145 int i, iter;
8146
8147 for (i = 0;
8148 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8149 i++)
8150 {
8151 int elem;
8152 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8153 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8154 continue;
8155 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8156 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8157 }
8158 }
8159
8160 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8161 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8162 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8163 VEC_length (int,
8164 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8165 VEC_address (int,
8166 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8167 }
8168
8169 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8170 catchpoints. */
8171
8172 static int
8173 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8174 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8175 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8176 {
8177 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8178 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8179 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8180 int syscall_number = 0;
8181 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8182 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8183
8184 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8185 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8186 return 0;
8187
8188 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8189
8190 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8191 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8192 {
8193 int i, iter;
8194
8195 for (i = 0;
8196 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8197 i++)
8198 if (syscall_number == iter)
8199 break;
8200 /* Not the same. */
8201 if (!iter)
8202 return 0;
8203 }
8204
8205 return 1;
8206 }
8207
8208 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8209 catchpoints. */
8210
8211 static enum print_stop_action
8212 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8213 {
8214 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8215 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8216 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8217 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8218 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8219 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8220 ptid_t ptid;
8221 struct target_waitstatus last;
8222 struct syscall s;
8223
8224 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8225
8226 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8227
8228 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8229
8230 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8231 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8232 else
8233 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8235 {
8236 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8237 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8238 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8239 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8240 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8241 }
8242 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8243
8244 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8245 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8246 else
8247 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8248
8249 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8250 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8251 if (s.name != NULL)
8252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8253
8254 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8255
8256 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8257 }
8258
8259 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8260 catchpoints. */
8261
8262 static void
8263 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8264 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8265 {
8266 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8267 struct value_print_options opts;
8268 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8269
8270 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8271 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8272 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8273 readable). */
8274 if (opts.addressprint)
8275 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8276 annotate_field (5);
8277
8278 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8279 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8280 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8281 else
8282 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8283
8284 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8285 {
8286 int i, iter;
8287 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8288
8289 for (i = 0;
8290 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8291 i++)
8292 {
8293 char *x = text;
8294 struct syscall s;
8295 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8296
8297 if (s.name != NULL)
8298 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8299 else
8300 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8301
8302 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8303 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8304 on every call. */
8305 xfree (x);
8306 }
8307 /* Remove the last comma. */
8308 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8310 }
8311 else
8312 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8313 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8314
8315 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8316 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8317 }
8318
8319 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8320 catchpoints. */
8321
8322 static void
8323 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8324 {
8325 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8326
8327 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8328 {
8329 int i, iter;
8330
8331 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8332 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8333 else
8334 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8335
8336 for (i = 0;
8337 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8338 i++)
8339 {
8340 struct syscall s;
8341 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8342
8343 if (s.name)
8344 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8345 else
8346 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8347 }
8348 printf_filtered (")");
8349 }
8350 else
8351 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8352 b->number);
8353 }
8354
8355 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8356 catchpoints. */
8357
8358 static void
8359 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8360 {
8361 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8362
8363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8364
8365 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8366 {
8367 int i, iter;
8368
8369 for (i = 0;
8370 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8371 i++)
8372 {
8373 struct syscall s;
8374
8375 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8376 if (s.name)
8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8378 else
8379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8380 }
8381 }
8382 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8383 }
8384
8385 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8386
8387 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8388
8389 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8390
8391 static int
8392 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8393 {
8394 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8395 }
8396
8397 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8398 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8399 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8400 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8401
8402 void
8403 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8404 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8405 char *cond_string,
8406 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8407 {
8408 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8409
8410 init_sal (&sal);
8411 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8412
8413 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8414
8415 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8416 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8417 }
8418
8419 void
8420 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8421 {
8422 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8423 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8424 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8425 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8426 if (!internal)
8427 mention (b);
8428 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8429
8430 if (update_gll)
8431 update_global_location_list (1);
8432 }
8433
8434 static void
8435 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8436 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8437 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8438 {
8439 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8440
8441 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8442
8443 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8444
8445 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8446 }
8447
8448 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8449
8450 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8451 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8452 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8453 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8454 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8455
8456 struct exec_catchpoint
8457 {
8458 /* The base class. */
8459 struct breakpoint base;
8460
8461 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8462 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8463 triggered. */
8464 char *exec_pathname;
8465 };
8466
8467 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8468 catchpoints. */
8469
8470 static void
8471 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8472 {
8473 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8474
8475 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8476
8477 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8478 }
8479
8480 static int
8481 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8482 {
8483 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8484 }
8485
8486 static int
8487 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8488 {
8489 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8490 }
8491
8492 static int
8493 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8494 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8495 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8496 {
8497 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8498
8499 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8500 return 0;
8501
8502 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8503 return 1;
8504 }
8505
8506 static enum print_stop_action
8507 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8508 {
8509 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8510 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8511 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8512
8513 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8514 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8516 else
8517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8518 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8519 {
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8521 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8523 }
8524 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8526 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8527 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8528
8529 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8530 }
8531
8532 static void
8533 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8534 {
8535 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8536 struct value_print_options opts;
8537 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8538
8539 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8540
8541 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8542 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8543 is relatively readable). */
8544 if (opts.addressprint)
8545 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8546 annotate_field (5);
8547 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8548 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8549 {
8550 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8551 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8552 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8553 }
8554
8555 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8556 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8557 }
8558
8559 static void
8560 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8561 {
8562 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8563 }
8564
8565 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8566 catchpoints. */
8567
8568 static void
8569 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8570 {
8571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8572 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8573 }
8574
8575 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8576
8577 static void
8578 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8579 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8580 {
8581 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8582 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8583
8584 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8585 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8586 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8587
8588 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8589 }
8590
8591 static int
8592 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8593 {
8594 int i = 0;
8595 struct breakpoint *b;
8596 struct bp_location *bl;
8597
8598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8599 {
8600 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8601 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8602 {
8603 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8604 one register. */
8605 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8606 }
8607 }
8608
8609 return i;
8610 }
8611
8612 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8613 watchpoint. */
8614
8615 static int
8616 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8617 {
8618 int i = 0;
8619 struct bp_location *bl;
8620
8621 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8622 return 0;
8623
8624 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8625 {
8626 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8627 one register. */
8628 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8629 }
8630
8631 return i;
8632 }
8633
8634 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8635 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8636 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8637 types _not_ TYPE. */
8638
8639 static int
8640 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8641 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8642 {
8643 int i = 0;
8644 struct breakpoint *b;
8645
8646 *other_type_used = 0;
8647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8648 {
8649 if (b == except)
8650 continue;
8651 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8652 continue;
8653
8654 if (b->type == type)
8655 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8656 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8657 *other_type_used = 1;
8658 }
8659
8660 return i;
8661 }
8662
8663 void
8664 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8665 {
8666 struct breakpoint *b;
8667
8668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8669 {
8670 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8671 {
8672 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8673 update_global_location_list (0);
8674 }
8675 }
8676 }
8677
8678 void
8679 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8680 {
8681 struct breakpoint *b;
8682
8683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8684 {
8685 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8686 {
8687 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8688 update_global_location_list (1);
8689 }
8690 }
8691 }
8692
8693 void
8694 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8695 {
8696 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8697 update_global_location_list (0);
8698 }
8699
8700 void
8701 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8702 {
8703 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8704 breakpoint_re_set ();
8705 }
8706
8707
8708 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8709 at address specified by SAL.
8710 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8711
8712 struct breakpoint *
8713 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8714 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8715 {
8716 struct breakpoint *b;
8717
8718 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8719 tail-called one. */
8720 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8721
8722 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8723 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8724 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8725 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8726
8727 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8728 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8729 control. */
8730 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8731 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8732
8733 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8734
8735 return b;
8736 }
8737
8738 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8739 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8740 breakpoint_ops. */
8741
8742 static struct breakpoint *
8743 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8744 enum bptype type,
8745 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8746 {
8747 struct breakpoint *copy;
8748
8749 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8750 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8751 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8752
8753 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8754 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8755 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8756 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8757 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8758 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8759
8760 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8761 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8762
8763 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8764 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8765 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8766 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8767
8768 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8769 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8770 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8771
8772 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8773 return copy;
8774 }
8775
8776 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8777 ORIG is NULL. */
8778
8779 struct breakpoint *
8780 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8781 {
8782 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8783 if (orig == NULL)
8784 return NULL;
8785
8786 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8787 }
8788
8789 struct breakpoint *
8790 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8791 enum bptype type)
8792 {
8793 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8794
8795 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8796 sal.pc = pc;
8797 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8798 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8799
8800 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8801 }
8802 \f
8803
8804 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8805
8806 static void
8807 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8808 {
8809 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8810 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8811 return;
8812 printf_filtered ("\n");
8813 }
8814 \f
8815
8816 static struct bp_location *
8817 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8818 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8819 {
8820 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8821 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8822 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8823
8824 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8825 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8826
8827 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8828 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8829 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8830 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8831 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8832 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8833 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8834 sal->pc, b->type);
8835
8836 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8837 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8838 ;
8839 *tmp = loc;
8840
8841 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8842 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8843 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8844 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8845 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8846 loc->section = sal->section;
8847 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8848
8849 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8850 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8851 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8852
8853 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8854 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8855 return loc;
8856 }
8857 \f
8858
8859 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8860 return 0 otherwise. */
8861
8862 static int
8863 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8864 {
8865 int len;
8866 CORE_ADDR addr;
8867 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8868 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8869 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8870 int retval = 0;
8871
8872 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8873
8874 addr = loc->address;
8875 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8876
8877 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8878 if (bpoint == NULL)
8879 return 0;
8880
8881 target_mem = alloca (len);
8882
8883 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8884 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8885 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8886 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8887
8888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8889 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8890
8891 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8892 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8893 retval = 1;
8894
8895 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8896
8897 return retval;
8898 }
8899
8900 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8901 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8902
8903 static void
8904 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8905 {
8906 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8907 char *printf_line = NULL;
8908
8909 if (!dprintf_args)
8910 return;
8911
8912 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8913
8914 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8915 insist on it. */
8916 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8917 ++dprintf_args;
8918 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8919
8920 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8921 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8922
8923 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8924 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8925 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8926 {
8927 if (!dprintf_function)
8928 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8929
8930 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8931 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8932 dprintf_function,
8933 dprintf_channel,
8934 dprintf_args);
8935 else
8936 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8937 dprintf_function,
8938 dprintf_args);
8939 }
8940 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8941 {
8942 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8943 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8944 else
8945 {
8946 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8947 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8948 }
8949 }
8950 else
8951 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8952 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8953
8954 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8955 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8956 {
8957 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8958
8959 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8960 {
8961 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8962 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8963 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8964 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8965 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8966 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8967 }
8968
8969 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8970 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8971 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8972 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8973 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8974 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8975
8976 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8977 }
8978 }
8979
8980 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8981 current style settings. */
8982
8983 static void
8984 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8985 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8986 {
8987 struct breakpoint *b;
8988
8989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8990 {
8991 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8992 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8993 }
8994 }
8995
8996 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8997 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8998 as condition expression. */
8999
9000 static void
9001 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9002 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9003 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9004 char *extra_string,
9005 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9006 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9007 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9008 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9009 int display_canonical)
9010 {
9011 int i;
9012
9013 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9014 {
9015 int target_resources_ok;
9016
9017 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9018 target_resources_ok =
9019 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9020 i + 1, 0);
9021 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9022 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9023 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9024 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9025 }
9026
9027 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9028
9029 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9030 {
9031 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9032 struct bp_location *loc;
9033
9034 if (from_tty)
9035 {
9036 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9037 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9038 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9039
9040 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9041 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9042 }
9043
9044 if (i == 0)
9045 {
9046 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9047 b->thread = thread;
9048 b->task = task;
9049
9050 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9051 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9052 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9053 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9054 b->disposition = disposition;
9055
9056 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9057 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9058
9059 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9060 {
9061 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9062 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9063
9064 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9065 {
9066 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9067 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9068 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9069 char *endp;
9070 char *marker_str;
9071
9072 p = skip_spaces (p);
9073
9074 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9075
9076 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9077 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9078
9079 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9080 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9081 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9082 }
9083 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9084 {
9085 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9086 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9087
9088 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9089 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9090 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9091 }
9092 else
9093 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9094 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9095 }
9096
9097 loc = b->loc;
9098 }
9099 else
9100 {
9101 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9102 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9103 loc->inserted = 1;
9104 }
9105
9106 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9107 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9108
9109 if (b->cond_string)
9110 {
9111 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9112 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9113 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9114 if (*arg)
9115 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9116 }
9117
9118 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9119 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9120 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9121 {
9122 if (b->extra_string)
9123 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9124 else
9125 error (_("Format string required"));
9126 }
9127 else if (b->extra_string)
9128 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9129 }
9130
9131 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9132 if (addr_string)
9133 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9134 else
9135 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9136 me. */
9137 b->addr_string
9138 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9139 b->filter = filter;
9140 }
9141
9142 static void
9143 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9144 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9145 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9146 char *extra_string,
9147 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9148 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9149 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9150 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9151 int display_canonical)
9152 {
9153 struct breakpoint *b;
9154 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9155
9156 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9157 {
9158 struct tracepoint *t;
9159
9160 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9161 b = &t->base;
9162 }
9163 else
9164 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9165
9166 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9167
9168 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9169 sals, addr_string,
9170 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9171 type, disposition,
9172 thread, task, ignore_count,
9173 ops, from_tty,
9174 enabled, internal, flags,
9175 display_canonical);
9176 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9177
9178 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9179 }
9180
9181 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9182 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9183 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9184 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9185 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9186 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9187 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9188 we take just a single condition string.
9189
9190 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9191 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9192 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9193 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9194 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9195
9196 static void
9197 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9198 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9199 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9200 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9201 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9202 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9203 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9204 {
9205 int i;
9206 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9207
9208 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9209 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9210
9211 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9212 {
9213 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9214 'break', without arguments. */
9215 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9216 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9217 : NULL);
9218 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9219 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9220
9221 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9222 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9223 addr_string,
9224 filter_string,
9225 cond_string, extra_string,
9226 type, disposition,
9227 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9228 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9229 canonical->special_display);
9230 discard_cleanups (inner);
9231 }
9232 }
9233
9234 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9235 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9236 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9237 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9238
9239 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9240 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9241
9242 static void
9243 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9244 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9245 {
9246 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9247 breakpoint. */
9248 if ((*address) == NULL
9249 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9250 {
9251 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9252 address. */
9253 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9254 {
9255 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9256 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9257 CORE_ADDR pc;
9258
9259 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9260 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9261 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9262
9263 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9264 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9265 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9266 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9267 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9268 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9269 pc = sal.pc;
9270 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9271
9272 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9273 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9274 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9275 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9276 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9277 sal.pc = pc;
9278 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9279
9280 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9281 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9282 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9283
9284 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9285 }
9286 else
9287 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9288 }
9289 else
9290 {
9291 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9292
9293 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9294 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9295 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9296 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9297
9298 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9299 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9300 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9301 && (!cursal.symtab
9302 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9303 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9304 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9305 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9306 get_last_displayed_line (),
9307 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9308 else
9309 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9310 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9311 }
9312 }
9313
9314
9315 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9316 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9317
9318 static void
9319 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9320 {
9321 int i;
9322
9323 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9324 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9325 }
9326
9327 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9328 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9329 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9330 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9331 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9332 it, etc. */
9333
9334 static void
9335 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9336 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9337 {
9338 int i, rslt;
9339 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9340 char *msg;
9341 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9342
9343 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9344 {
9345 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9346
9347 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9348
9349 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9350 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9351 associated with SAL. */
9352 if (sarch == NULL)
9353 sarch = gdbarch;
9354 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9355 NULL, &msg);
9356 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9357
9358 if (!rslt)
9359 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9360 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9361
9362 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9363 }
9364 }
9365
9366 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9367
9368 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9369 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9370 {
9371 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9372 }
9373
9374 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9375 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9376 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9377 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9378 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9379 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9380
9381 static void
9382 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9383 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9384 char **rest)
9385 {
9386 *cond_string = NULL;
9387 *thread = -1;
9388 *task = 0;
9389 *rest = NULL;
9390
9391 while (tok && *tok)
9392 {
9393 char *end_tok;
9394 int toklen;
9395 char *cond_start = NULL;
9396 char *cond_end = NULL;
9397
9398 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9399
9400 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9401 {
9402 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9403 return;
9404 }
9405
9406 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9407
9408 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9409
9410 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9411 {
9412 struct expression *expr;
9413
9414 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9415 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9416 xfree (expr);
9417 cond_end = tok;
9418 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9419 }
9420 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9421 {
9422 char *tmptok;
9423
9424 tok = end_tok + 1;
9425 tmptok = tok;
9426 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9427 if (tok == tmptok)
9428 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9429 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9430 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9431 }
9432 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9433 {
9434 char *tmptok;
9435
9436 tok = end_tok + 1;
9437 tmptok = tok;
9438 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9439 if (tok == tmptok)
9440 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9441 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9442 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9443 }
9444 else if (rest)
9445 {
9446 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9447 return;
9448 }
9449 else
9450 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9451 }
9452 }
9453
9454 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9455
9456 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9457 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9458 {
9459 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9460 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9461 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9462 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9463 char *endp;
9464 char *marker_str;
9465 int i;
9466
9467 p = skip_spaces (p);
9468
9469 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9470
9471 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9472 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9473
9474 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9475 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9476 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9477
9478 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9479 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9480
9481 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9482 {
9483 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9484
9485 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9486
9487 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9488
9489 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9490 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9491
9492 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9493 }
9494
9495 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9496
9497 *arg_p = endp;
9498 return sals;
9499 }
9500
9501 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9502 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9503 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9504 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9505 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9506 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9507 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9508 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9509 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9510 false otherwise. */
9511
9512 int
9513 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9514 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9515 int thread, char *extra_string,
9516 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9517 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9518 int ignore_count,
9519 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9520 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9521 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9522 unsigned flags)
9523 {
9524 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9525 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9526 char *addr_start = arg;
9527 struct linespec_result canonical;
9528 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9529 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9530 int pending = 0;
9531 int task = 0;
9532 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9533
9534 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9535
9536 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9537
9538 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9539 {
9540 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9541 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9542 }
9543
9544 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9545 switch (e.reason)
9546 {
9547 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9548 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9549 return 0;
9550 break;
9551 case RETURN_ERROR:
9552 switch (e.error)
9553 {
9554 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9555
9556 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9557 error. */
9558
9559 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9560 throw_exception (e);
9561
9562 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9563
9564 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9565 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9566 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9567 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9568 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9569 return 0;
9570
9571 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9572 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9573 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9574 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9575 {
9576 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9577
9578 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9579 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9580 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9581 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9582 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9583 pending = 1;
9584 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9585 }
9586 break;
9587 default:
9588 throw_exception (e);
9589 }
9590 break;
9591 default:
9592 throw_exception (e);
9593 }
9594
9595 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9596 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9597
9598 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9599 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9600 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9601 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9602 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9603
9604 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9605 are ok for the target. */
9606 if (!pending)
9607 {
9608 int ix;
9609 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9610
9611 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9612 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9613 }
9614
9615 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9616 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9617 {
9618 int ix;
9619 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9620
9621 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9622 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9623 }
9624
9625 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9626 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9627 breakpoint. */
9628 if (!pending)
9629 {
9630 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9631
9632 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9633
9634 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9635 {
9636 char *rest;
9637 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9638 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9639 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9640 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9641
9642 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9643 &thread, &task, &rest);
9644 if (cond_string)
9645 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9646 if (rest)
9647 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9648 if (rest)
9649 extra_string = rest;
9650 }
9651 else
9652 {
9653 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9654 if (cond_string)
9655 {
9656 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9657 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9658 }
9659 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9660 if (extra_string)
9661 {
9662 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9663 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9664 }
9665 }
9666
9667 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9668 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9669 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9670 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9671 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9672 }
9673 else
9674 {
9675 struct breakpoint *b;
9676
9677 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9678
9679 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9680 {
9681 struct tracepoint *t;
9682
9683 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9684 b = &t->base;
9685 }
9686 else
9687 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9688
9689 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9690
9691 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9692 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9693 b->cond_string = NULL;
9694 else
9695 {
9696 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9697 if (cond_string)
9698 {
9699 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9700 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9701 }
9702 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9703 }
9704 b->extra_string = NULL;
9705 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9706 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9707 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9708 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9709 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9710 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9711 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9712
9713 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9714 }
9715
9716 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9717 {
9718 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9719 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9720 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9721 }
9722
9723 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9724 breakpoint. */
9725 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9726 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9727 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9728
9729 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9730 update_global_location_list (1);
9731
9732 return 1;
9733 }
9734
9735 /* Set a breakpoint.
9736 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9737 condition, and thread.
9738 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9739 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9740 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9741
9742 static void
9743 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9744 {
9745 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9746 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9747 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9748 : bp_breakpoint);
9749 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9750 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9751
9752 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9753 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9754 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9755 else
9756 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9757
9758 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9759 arg,
9760 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9761 tempflag, type_wanted,
9762 0 /* Ignore count */,
9763 pending_break_support,
9764 ops,
9765 from_tty,
9766 1 /* enabled */,
9767 0 /* internal */,
9768 0);
9769 }
9770
9771 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9772
9773 void
9774 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9775 {
9776 CORE_ADDR pc;
9777
9778 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9779 {
9780 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9781 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9782 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9783 sal->pc = pc;
9784
9785 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9786 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9787 if (sal->explicit_line)
9788 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9789 }
9790
9791 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9792 {
9793 struct blockvector *bv;
9794 struct block *b;
9795 struct symbol *sym;
9796
9797 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9798 if (bv != NULL)
9799 {
9800 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9801 if (sym != NULL)
9802 {
9803 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9804 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9805 }
9806 else
9807 {
9808 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9809 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9810 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9811 happen in assembly source). */
9812
9813 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9814 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9815
9816 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9817
9818 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9819 if (msym)
9820 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9821
9822 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9823 }
9824 }
9825 }
9826 }
9827
9828 void
9829 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9830 {
9831 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9832 }
9833
9834 void
9835 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9836 {
9837 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9838 }
9839
9840 static void
9841 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9842 {
9843 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9844 }
9845
9846 static void
9847 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9848 {
9849 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9850 }
9851
9852 static void
9853 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9854 {
9855 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9856 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9857 stop at <line>\n"));
9858 }
9859
9860 static void
9861 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9862 {
9863 int badInput = 0;
9864
9865 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9866 badInput = 1;
9867 else if (*arg != '*')
9868 {
9869 char *argptr = arg;
9870 int hasColon = 0;
9871
9872 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9873 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9874 function/method name. */
9875 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9876 {
9877 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9878 argptr++;
9879 }
9880
9881 if (hasColon)
9882 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9883 else
9884 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9885 }
9886
9887 if (badInput)
9888 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9889 else
9890 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9891 }
9892
9893 static void
9894 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9895 {
9896 int badInput = 0;
9897
9898 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9899 badInput = 1;
9900 else
9901 {
9902 char *argptr = arg;
9903 int hasColon = 0;
9904
9905 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9906 it is probably a line number. */
9907 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9908 {
9909 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9910 argptr++;
9911 }
9912
9913 if (hasColon)
9914 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9915 else
9916 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9917 }
9918
9919 if (badInput)
9920 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9921 else
9922 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9923 }
9924
9925 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9926 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9927 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9928 line. */
9929
9930 static void
9931 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9932 {
9933 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9934 arg,
9935 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9936 0, bp_dprintf,
9937 0 /* Ignore count */,
9938 pending_break_support,
9939 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9940 from_tty,
9941 1 /* enabled */,
9942 0 /* internal */,
9943 0);
9944 }
9945
9946 static void
9947 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9948 {
9949 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9950 }
9951
9952 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9953 ranged breakpoints. */
9954
9955 static int
9956 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9957 struct address_space *aspace,
9958 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9959 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9960 {
9961 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9962 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9963 return 0;
9964
9965 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9966 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9967 }
9968
9969 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9970 ranged breakpoints. */
9971
9972 static int
9973 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9974 {
9975 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9976 }
9977
9978 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9980
9981 static enum print_stop_action
9982 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9983 {
9984 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9985 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9987
9988 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9989
9990 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9991 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9992
9993 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9994 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9996 else
9997 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9999 {
10000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10003 }
10004 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10005 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10006
10007 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10008 }
10009
10010 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10011 ranged breakpoints. */
10012
10013 static void
10014 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10015 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10016 {
10017 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10018 struct value_print_options opts;
10019 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10020
10021 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10022 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10023
10024 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10025
10026 if (opts.addressprint)
10027 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10028 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10029 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10030 annotate_field (5);
10031 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10032 *last_loc = bl;
10033 }
10034
10035 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10036 ranged breakpoints. */
10037
10038 static void
10039 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10040 struct ui_out *uiout)
10041 {
10042 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10043 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10044 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10045 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10046
10047 gdb_assert (bl);
10048
10049 address_start = bl->address;
10050 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10051
10052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10053 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10054 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10055 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10056 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10057 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10058
10059 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10060 }
10061
10062 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10063 ranged breakpoints. */
10064
10065 static void
10066 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10067 {
10068 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10069 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10070
10071 gdb_assert (bl);
10072 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10073
10074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10075 return;
10076
10077 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10078 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10079 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10080 }
10081
10082 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10083 ranged breakpoints. */
10084
10085 static void
10086 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10087 {
10088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10089 b->addr_string_range_end);
10090 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10091 }
10092
10093 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10094
10095 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10096
10097 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10098 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10099 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10100 last instruction of the given line. */
10101
10102 static CORE_ADDR
10103 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10104 {
10105 CORE_ADDR end;
10106
10107 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10108 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10109 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10110 end = sal.pc;
10111 else
10112 {
10113 int ret;
10114 CORE_ADDR start;
10115
10116 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10117 if (!ret)
10118 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10119
10120 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10121 end--;
10122 }
10123
10124 return end;
10125 }
10126
10127 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10128
10129 static void
10130 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10131 {
10132 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10133 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10134 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10135 CORE_ADDR end;
10136 struct breakpoint *b;
10137 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10138 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10139 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10140
10141 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10142 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10143 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10144
10145 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10146 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10147 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10148 bp_count, 0);
10149 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10150 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10151
10152 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10153 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10154 error(_("No address range specified."));
10155
10156 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10157
10158 arg_start = arg;
10159 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10160
10161 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10162
10163 if (arg[0] != ',')
10164 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10165 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10166 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10167
10168 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10169
10170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10171 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10172 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10173
10174 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10175 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10176 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10177
10178 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10179 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10180
10181 /* Parse the end location. */
10182
10183 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10184 arg_start = arg;
10185
10186 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10187 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10188 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10189 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10190 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10191 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10192 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10193 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10194
10195 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10196
10197 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10198 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10199
10200 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10201 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10202 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10203 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10204
10205 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10206 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10207 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10208
10209 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10210 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10211 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10212
10213 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10214 if (length < 0)
10215 /* Length overflowed. */
10216 error (_("Address range too large."));
10217 else if (length == 1)
10218 {
10219 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10220 the `hbreak' command. */
10221 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10222
10223 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10224
10225 return;
10226 }
10227
10228 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10229 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10230 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10231 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10232 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10233 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10234 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10235 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10236 b->loc->length = length;
10237
10238 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10239
10240 mention (b);
10241 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10242 update_global_location_list (1);
10243 }
10244
10245 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10246 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10247 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10248 zero. */
10249
10250 static int
10251 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10252 {
10253 int i = exp->nelts;
10254
10255 while (i > 0)
10256 {
10257 int oplenp, argsp;
10258
10259 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10260 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10261 i -= oplenp;
10262
10263 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10264 {
10265 case BINOP_ADD:
10266 case BINOP_SUB:
10267 case BINOP_MUL:
10268 case BINOP_DIV:
10269 case BINOP_REM:
10270 case BINOP_MOD:
10271 case BINOP_LSH:
10272 case BINOP_RSH:
10273 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10274 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10275 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10276 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10277 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10278 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10279 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10280 case BINOP_LESS:
10281 case BINOP_GTR:
10282 case BINOP_LEQ:
10283 case BINOP_GEQ:
10284 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10285 case BINOP_COMMA:
10286 case BINOP_EXP:
10287 case BINOP_MIN:
10288 case BINOP_MAX:
10289 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10290 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10291 case BINOP_IN:
10292 case BINOP_RANGE:
10293 case TERNOP_COND:
10294 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10295
10296 case OP_LONG:
10297 case OP_DOUBLE:
10298 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10299 case OP_LAST:
10300 case OP_COMPLEX:
10301 case OP_STRING:
10302 case OP_ARRAY:
10303 case OP_TYPE:
10304 case OP_TYPEOF:
10305 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10306 case OP_NAME:
10307 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10308
10309 case UNOP_NEG:
10310 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10311 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10312 case UNOP_ADDR:
10313 case UNOP_HIGH:
10314 case UNOP_CAST:
10315
10316 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10317 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10318 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10319 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10320 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10321 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10322 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10323
10324 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10325 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10326 ADDR is. */
10327 break;
10328
10329 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10330 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10331
10332 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10333 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10334 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10335 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10336
10337 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10338 are always constant. */
10339 {
10340 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10341
10342 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10343 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10344 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10345 return 0;
10346 break;
10347 }
10348
10349 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10350 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10351 then it is not a constant. */
10352 default:
10353 return 0;
10354 }
10355 }
10356
10357 return 1;
10358 }
10359
10360 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10361
10362 static void
10363 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10364 {
10365 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10366
10367 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10368 xfree (w->exp);
10369 xfree (w->exp_string);
10370 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10371 value_free (w->val);
10372
10373 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10374 }
10375
10376 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10377
10378 static void
10379 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10380 {
10381 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10382
10383 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10384 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10385
10386 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10387 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10388 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10389 are loaded and unloaded.
10390
10391 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10392 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10393 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10394 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10395 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10396 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10397
10398 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10399 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10400 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10401 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10402
10403 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10404 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10405
10406 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10407 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10408 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10409 }
10410
10411 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10412
10413 static int
10414 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10415 {
10416 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10417 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10418
10419 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10420 w->cond_exp);
10421 }
10422
10423 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10424
10425 static int
10426 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10427 {
10428 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10429 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10430
10431 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10432 w->cond_exp);
10433 }
10434
10435 static int
10436 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10437 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10438 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10439 {
10440 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10441 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10442
10443 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10444 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10445 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10446 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10447 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10448 (did not match the data address). */
10449 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10450 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10451 return 0;
10452
10453 return 1;
10454 }
10455
10456 static void
10457 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10458 {
10459 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10460
10461 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10462 }
10463
10464 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10465 hardware watchpoints. */
10466
10467 static int
10468 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10469 {
10470 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10471 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10472
10473 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10474 }
10475
10476 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10477 hardware watchpoints. */
10478
10479 static int
10480 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10481 {
10482 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10483 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10484 }
10485
10486 static enum print_stop_action
10487 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10488 {
10489 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10490 struct breakpoint *b;
10491 const struct bp_location *bl;
10492 struct ui_file *stb;
10493 enum print_stop_action result;
10494 struct watchpoint *w;
10495 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10496
10497 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10498
10499 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10500 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10501 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10502
10503 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10504 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10505
10506 switch (b->type)
10507 {
10508 case bp_watchpoint:
10509 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10510 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10512 ui_out_field_string
10513 (uiout, "reason",
10514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10515 mention (b);
10516 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10518 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10519 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10524 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10525 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10526 break;
10527
10528 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10530 ui_out_field_string
10531 (uiout, "reason",
10532 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10533 mention (b);
10534 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10536 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10537 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10539 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10540 break;
10541
10542 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10543 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10544 {
10545 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10546 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10547 ui_out_field_string
10548 (uiout, "reason",
10549 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10550 mention (b);
10551 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10552 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10553 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10554 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10556 }
10557 else
10558 {
10559 mention (b);
10560 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10561 ui_out_field_string
10562 (uiout, "reason",
10563 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10564 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10565 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10566 }
10567 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10568 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10569 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10570 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10571 break;
10572 default:
10573 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10574 }
10575
10576 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10577 return result;
10578 }
10579
10580 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10581 watchpoints. */
10582
10583 static void
10584 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10585 {
10586 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10587 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10588 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10589
10590 switch (b->type)
10591 {
10592 case bp_watchpoint:
10593 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10594 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10595 break;
10596 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10597 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10598 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10599 break;
10600 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10601 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10602 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10603 break;
10604 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10605 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10606 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10607 break;
10608 default:
10609 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10610 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10611 }
10612
10613 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10614 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10615 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10616 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10617 }
10618
10619 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10620 watchpoints. */
10621
10622 static void
10623 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10624 {
10625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10626
10627 switch (b->type)
10628 {
10629 case bp_watchpoint:
10630 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10632 break;
10633 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10635 break;
10636 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10638 break;
10639 default:
10640 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10641 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10642 }
10643
10644 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10645 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10646 }
10647
10648 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10649
10650 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10651
10652 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10653 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10654
10655 static int
10656 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10657 {
10658 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10659
10660 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10661 bl->watchpoint_type);
10662 }
10663
10664 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10666
10667 static int
10668 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10669 {
10670 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10671
10672 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10673 bl->watchpoint_type);
10674 }
10675
10676 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10677 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10678
10679 static int
10680 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10681 {
10682 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10683
10684 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10685 }
10686
10687 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10688 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10689
10690 static int
10691 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10692 {
10693 return 0;
10694 }
10695
10696 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10698
10699 static enum print_stop_action
10700 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10701 {
10702 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10703 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10704
10705 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10706 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10707
10708 switch (b->type)
10709 {
10710 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10711 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10713 ui_out_field_string
10714 (uiout, "reason",
10715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10716 break;
10717
10718 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10720 ui_out_field_string
10721 (uiout, "reason",
10722 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10723 break;
10724
10725 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10726 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10727 ui_out_field_string
10728 (uiout, "reason",
10729 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10730 break;
10731 default:
10732 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10733 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10734 }
10735
10736 mention (b);
10737 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10738 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10739 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10740 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10741
10742 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10743 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10744 }
10745
10746 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10747 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10748
10749 static void
10750 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10751 struct ui_out *uiout)
10752 {
10753 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10754
10755 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10756 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10757
10758 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10759 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10760 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10761 }
10762
10763 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10764 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10765
10766 static void
10767 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10768 {
10769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10770 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10771 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10772
10773 switch (b->type)
10774 {
10775 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10776 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10777 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10778 break;
10779 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10780 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10781 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10782 break;
10783 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10784 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10785 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10786 break;
10787 default:
10788 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10789 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10790 }
10791
10792 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10793 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10794 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10795 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10796 }
10797
10798 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10799 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10800
10801 static void
10802 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10803 {
10804 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10805 char tmp[40];
10806
10807 switch (b->type)
10808 {
10809 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10811 break;
10812 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10814 break;
10815 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10817 break;
10818 default:
10819 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10820 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10821 }
10822
10823 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10825 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10826 }
10827
10828 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10829
10830 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10831
10832 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10833
10834 static int
10835 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10836 {
10837 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10838 }
10839
10840 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10841 hw_read: watch read,
10842 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10843 static void
10844 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10845 int just_location, int internal)
10846 {
10847 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10848 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10849 struct expression *exp;
10850 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10851 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10852 struct frame_info *frame;
10853 char *exp_start = NULL;
10854 char *exp_end = NULL;
10855 char *tok, *end_tok;
10856 int toklen = -1;
10857 char *cond_start = NULL;
10858 char *cond_end = NULL;
10859 enum bptype bp_type;
10860 int thread = -1;
10861 int pc = 0;
10862 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10863 the hardware watchpoint. */
10864 int use_mask = 0;
10865 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10866 struct watchpoint *w;
10867
10868 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10869 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10870 {
10871 char *value_start;
10872
10873 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10874 of the arguments string. */
10875 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10876 {
10877 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10878 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10879 tok--;
10880
10881 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10882 This is the value of the parameter. */
10883 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10884 tok--;
10885 value_start = tok + 1;
10886
10887 /* Skip whitespace. */
10888 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10889 tok--;
10890
10891 end_tok = tok;
10892
10893 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10894 This is the parameter itself. */
10895 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10896 tok--;
10897 tok++;
10898 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10899
10900 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10901 {
10902 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10903 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10904 only in a specific thread. */
10905 char *endp;
10906
10907 if (thread != -1)
10908 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10909
10910 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10911 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10912
10913 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10914 thread ID. */
10915 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10916 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10917
10918 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10919 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10920 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10921 }
10922 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10923 {
10924 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10925 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10926 facility. */
10927 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10928
10929 if (use_mask)
10930 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10931
10932 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10933
10934 mark = value_mark ();
10935 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10936 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10937 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10938 }
10939 else
10940 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10941 break;
10942
10943 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10944 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10945 *tok = '\0';
10946 }
10947 }
10948
10949 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10950 innermost_block = NULL;
10951 exp_start = arg;
10952 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10953 exp_end = arg;
10954 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10955 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10956 prettier. */
10957 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10958 --exp_end;
10959
10960 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10961 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10962 {
10963 int len;
10964
10965 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10966 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10967 len--;
10968 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10969 }
10970
10971 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10972 mark = value_mark ();
10973 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10974
10975 if (just_location)
10976 {
10977 int ret;
10978
10979 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10980 val = value_addr (result);
10981 release_value (val);
10982 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10983
10984 if (use_mask)
10985 {
10986 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10987 mask);
10988 if (ret == -1)
10989 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10990 else if (ret == -2)
10991 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10992 }
10993 }
10994 else if (val != NULL)
10995 release_value (val);
10996
10997 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10998 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10999
11000 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11001 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11002 {
11003 struct expression *cond;
11004
11005 innermost_block = NULL;
11006 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11007 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11008
11009 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11010 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11011 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11012
11013 xfree (cond);
11014 cond_end = tok;
11015 }
11016 if (*tok)
11017 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11018
11019 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11020 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11021 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11022 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11023 else
11024 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11025
11026 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11027
11028 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11029 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11030 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11031 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11032 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11033 {
11034 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11035 {
11036 scope_breakpoint
11037 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11038 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11039 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11040 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11041
11042 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11043
11044 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11045 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11046
11047 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11048 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11049
11050 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11051 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11052 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11053 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11054 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11055 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11056 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11057 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11058 scope_breakpoint->type);
11059 }
11060 }
11061
11062 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11063
11064 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11065 b = &w->base;
11066 if (use_mask)
11067 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11068 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11069 else
11070 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11071 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11072 b->thread = thread;
11073 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11074 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11075 w->exp = exp;
11076 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11077 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11078 if (just_location)
11079 {
11080 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11081 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11082 char *name;
11083
11084 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11085 name = type_to_string (t);
11086
11087 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11088 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11089 xfree (name);
11090
11091 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11092 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11093
11094 /* The above expression is in C. */
11095 b->language = language_c;
11096 }
11097 else
11098 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11099
11100 if (use_mask)
11101 {
11102 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11103 }
11104 else
11105 {
11106 w->val = val;
11107 w->val_valid = 1;
11108 }
11109
11110 if (cond_start)
11111 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11112 else
11113 b->cond_string = 0;
11114
11115 if (frame)
11116 {
11117 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11118 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11119 }
11120 else
11121 {
11122 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11123 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11124 }
11125
11126 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11127 {
11128 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11129 need to act on them together. */
11130 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11131 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11132 }
11133
11134 if (!just_location)
11135 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11136
11137 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11138 {
11139 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11140 that should be inserted. */
11141 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11142 }
11143 if (e.reason < 0)
11144 {
11145 delete_breakpoint (b);
11146 throw_exception (e);
11147 }
11148
11149 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11150 }
11151
11152 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11153 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11154
11155 static int
11156 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11157 {
11158 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11159 struct value *head = v;
11160
11161 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11162 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11163 return 0;
11164
11165 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11166 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11167 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11168 hardware watchpoint.
11169
11170 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11171 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11172 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11173 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11174 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11175 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11176 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11177 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11178 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11179
11180 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11181 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11182 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11183 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11184 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11185 {
11186 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11187 {
11188 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11189 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11190 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11191 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11192 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11193 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11194 ;
11195 else
11196 {
11197 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11198 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11199 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11200
11201 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11202 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11203 middle of some value chain. */
11204 if (v == head
11205 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11206 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11207 {
11208 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11209 int len;
11210 int num_regs;
11211
11212 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11213 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11214 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11215
11216 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11217 if (!num_regs)
11218 return 0;
11219 else
11220 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11221 }
11222 }
11223 }
11224 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11225 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11226 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11227 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11228 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11229 }
11230
11231 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11232 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11233 return found_memory_cnt;
11234 }
11235
11236 void
11237 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11238 {
11239 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11240 }
11241
11242 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11243 calls watch_command_1. */
11244
11245 static void
11246 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11247 {
11248 int just_location = 0;
11249
11250 if (arg
11251 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11252 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11253 {
11254 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11255 just_location = 1;
11256 }
11257
11258 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11259 }
11260
11261 static void
11262 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11263 {
11264 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11265 }
11266
11267 void
11268 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11269 {
11270 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11271 }
11272
11273 static void
11274 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11275 {
11276 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11277 }
11278
11279 void
11280 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11281 {
11282 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11283 }
11284
11285 static void
11286 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11287 {
11288 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11289 }
11290 \f
11291
11292 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11293 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11294
11295 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11296 {
11297 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11298 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11299 int thread_num;
11300 };
11301
11302 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11303 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11304 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11305 command. */
11306 static void
11307 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11308 {
11309 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11310
11311 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11312 if (a->breakpoint2)
11313 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11314 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11315 }
11316
11317 void
11318 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11319 {
11320 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11321 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11322 struct frame_info *frame;
11323 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11324 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11325 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11326 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11327 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11328 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11329 int thread;
11330 struct thread_info *tp;
11331
11332 clear_proceed_status ();
11333
11334 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11335 this function. */
11336
11337 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11338 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11339 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11340 get_last_displayed_line ());
11341 else
11342 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11343 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11344
11345 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11346 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11347
11348 sal = sals.sals[0];
11349 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11350
11351 if (*arg)
11352 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11353
11354 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11355
11356 tp = inferior_thread ();
11357 thread = tp->num;
11358
11359 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11360
11361 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11362 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11363 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11364 that. */
11365
11366 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11367 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11368 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11369 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11370
11371 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11372 one. */
11373
11374 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11375 {
11376 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11377
11378 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11379 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11380 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11381 sal2,
11382 caller_frame_id,
11383 bp_until);
11384 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11385
11386 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11387 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11388 }
11389
11390 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11391 frame = NULL;
11392
11393 if (anywhere)
11394 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11395 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11396 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11397 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11398 else
11399 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11400 only at the very same frame. */
11401 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11402 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11403 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11404
11405 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11406
11407 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11408 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11409 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11410 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11411
11412 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11413 {
11414 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11415 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11416
11417 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11418 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11419 args->thread_num = thread;
11420
11421 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11422 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11423 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11424 xfree);
11425 }
11426 else
11427 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11428 }
11429
11430 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11431 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11432
11433 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11434 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11435 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11436 if clause in the arg string. */
11437
11438 static char *
11439 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11440 {
11441 char *cond_string;
11442
11443 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11444 return NULL;
11445
11446 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11447 (*arg) += 2;
11448
11449 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11450 condition string. */
11451 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11452 cond_string = *arg;
11453
11454 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11455 string. */
11456 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11457
11458 return cond_string;
11459 }
11460
11461 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11462 process start/exit, etc. */
11463
11464 typedef enum
11465 {
11466 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11467 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11468 }
11469 catch_fork_kind;
11470
11471 static void
11472 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11473 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11474 {
11475 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11476 char *cond_string = NULL;
11477 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11478 int tempflag;
11479
11480 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11481 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11482 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11483
11484 if (!arg)
11485 arg = "";
11486 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11487
11488 /* The allowed syntax is:
11489 catch [v]fork
11490 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11491
11492 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11493 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11494
11495 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11496 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11497
11498 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11499 and enable reporting of such events. */
11500 switch (fork_kind)
11501 {
11502 case catch_fork_temporary:
11503 case catch_fork_permanent:
11504 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11505 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11506 break;
11507 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11508 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11509 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11510 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11511 break;
11512 default:
11513 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11514 break;
11515 }
11516 }
11517
11518 static void
11519 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11520 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11521 {
11522 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11523 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11524 int tempflag;
11525 char *cond_string = NULL;
11526
11527 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11528
11529 if (!arg)
11530 arg = "";
11531 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11532
11533 /* The allowed syntax is:
11534 catch exec
11535 catch exec if <cond>
11536
11537 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11538 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11539
11540 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11541 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11542
11543 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11544 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11545 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11546 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11547
11548 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11549 }
11550
11551 static enum print_stop_action
11552 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11553 {
11554 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11555 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11556 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11557
11558 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11559
11560 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11561 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11562 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11563 b->loc->address,
11564 b->number, 1);
11565 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11566 ui_out_text (uiout,
11567 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11568 : "Catchpoint ");
11569 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11571 ui_out_text (uiout,
11572 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11573 : " (exception caught), ");
11574 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11575 {
11576 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11577 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11578 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11579 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11580 }
11581 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11582 }
11583
11584 static void
11585 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11586 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11587 {
11588 struct value_print_options opts;
11589 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11590
11591 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11592 if (opts.addressprint)
11593 {
11594 annotate_field (4);
11595 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11596 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11597 else
11598 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11599 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11600 }
11601 annotate_field (5);
11602 if (b->loc)
11603 *last_loc = b->loc;
11604 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11605 {
11606 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11607 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11608 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11609 }
11610 else
11611 {
11612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11613 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11615 }
11616 }
11617
11618 static void
11619 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11620 {
11621 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11622 int bp_temp;
11623 int bp_throw;
11624
11625 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11626 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11627 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11628 : _("Catchpoint "));
11629 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11630 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11631 : _(" (catch)"));
11632 }
11633
11634 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11635 catch catchpoints. */
11636
11637 static void
11638 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11639 struct ui_file *fp)
11640 {
11641 int bp_temp;
11642 int bp_throw;
11643
11644 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11645 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11647 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11648 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11649 }
11650
11651 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11652
11653 static int
11654 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11655 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11656 {
11657 char *trigger_func_name;
11658
11659 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11660 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11661 else
11662 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11663
11664 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11665 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11666 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11667 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11668 0,
11669 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11670 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11671 1 /* enabled */,
11672 0 /* internal */,
11673 0);
11674
11675 return 1;
11676 }
11677
11678 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11679
11680 static void
11681 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11682 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11683 {
11684 char *cond_string = NULL;
11685
11686 if (!arg)
11687 arg = "";
11688 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11689
11690 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11691
11692 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11693 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11694
11695 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11696 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11697 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11698
11699 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11700 return;
11701
11702 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11703 }
11704
11705 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11706
11707 static void
11708 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11709 {
11710 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11711
11712 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11713 }
11714
11715 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11716
11717 static void
11718 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11719 {
11720 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11721
11722 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11723 }
11724
11725 void
11726 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11727 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11728 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11729 char *addr_string,
11730 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11731 int tempflag,
11732 int from_tty)
11733 {
11734 if (from_tty)
11735 {
11736 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11737 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11738 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11739
11740 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11741 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11742 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11743 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11744 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11745 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11746 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11747 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11748 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11749 enough for now, though. */
11750 }
11751
11752 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11753
11754 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11755 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11756 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11757 b->language = language_ada;
11758 }
11759
11760 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11761 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11762 static VEC(int) *
11763 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11764 {
11765 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11766 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11767
11768 while (*arg != '\0')
11769 {
11770 int i, syscall_number;
11771 char *endptr;
11772 char cur_name[128];
11773 struct syscall s;
11774
11775 /* Skip whitespace. */
11776 while (isspace (*arg))
11777 arg++;
11778
11779 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11780 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11781 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11782 arg += i;
11783
11784 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11785 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11786 if (*endptr == '\0')
11787 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11788 else
11789 {
11790 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11791 to a number. */
11792 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11793
11794 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11795 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11796 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11797 syscall number to be caught. */
11798 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11799 }
11800
11801 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11802 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11803 }
11804
11805 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11806 return result;
11807 }
11808
11809 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11810
11811 static void
11812 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11813 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11814 {
11815 int tempflag;
11816 VEC(int) *filter;
11817 struct syscall s;
11818 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11819
11820 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11821 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11822 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11823 this architecture yet."));
11824
11825 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11826
11827 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11828
11829 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11830 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11831 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11832 for his/her architecture. */
11833 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11834
11835 /* The allowed syntax is:
11836 catch syscall
11837 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11838
11839 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11840
11841 if (arg != NULL)
11842 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11843 else
11844 filter = NULL;
11845
11846 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11847 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11848 }
11849
11850 static void
11851 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11852 {
11853 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11854 }
11855 \f
11856
11857 static void
11858 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11859 {
11860 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11861 }
11862
11863 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11864
11865 static int
11866 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11867 {
11868 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11869 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11870 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11871 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11872
11873 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11874 return -1;
11875 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11876 return 1;
11877
11878 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11879 the number 0. */
11880 if (ua < ub)
11881 return -1;
11882 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11883 }
11884
11885 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11886
11887 static void
11888 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11889 {
11890 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11891 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11892 int ix;
11893 int default_match;
11894 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11895 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11896 int i;
11897 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11898
11899 if (arg)
11900 {
11901 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11902 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11903 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11904 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11905 default_match = 0;
11906 }
11907 else
11908 {
11909 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11910 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11911 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11912 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11913
11914 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11915 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11916 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11917 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11918 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11919 error (_("No source file specified."));
11920
11921 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11922 sals.nelts = 1;
11923
11924 default_match = 1;
11925 }
11926
11927 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11928 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11929 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11930 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11931
11932 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11933 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11934 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11935 due to optimization, all in one block.
11936
11937 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11938 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11939 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11940 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11941 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11942 to support that. */
11943
11944 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11945 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11946 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11947 breakpoint. */
11948
11949 found = NULL;
11950 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11951 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11952 {
11953 int is_abs;
11954
11955 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11956 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11957 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11958 or at default pc.
11959
11960 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11961
11962 0 1 pc
11963 1 1 pc _and_ line
11964 0 0 line
11965 1 0 <can't happen> */
11966
11967 sal = sals.sals[i];
11968 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11969
11970 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11972 {
11973 int match = 0;
11974 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11975 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11976 {
11977 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11978 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11979 {
11980 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11981 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11982 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11983 && sal.pc
11984 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11985 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11986 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11987 || loc->section == sal.section));
11988 int line_match = 0;
11989
11990 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11991 && loc->source_file != NULL
11992 && sal.symtab != NULL
11993 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11994 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11995 {
11996 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11997 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11998 line_match = 1;
11999 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
12000 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
12001 sal.symtab->filename))
12002 line_match = 1;
12003 }
12004
12005 if (pc_match || line_match)
12006 {
12007 match = 1;
12008 break;
12009 }
12010 }
12011 }
12012
12013 if (match)
12014 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12015 }
12016 }
12017
12018 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12019 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12020 {
12021 if (arg)
12022 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12023 else
12024 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12025 }
12026
12027 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12028 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12029 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12030 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12031 compare_breakpoints);
12032 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12033 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12034 {
12035 if (b == prev)
12036 {
12037 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12038 --ix;
12039 }
12040 }
12041
12042 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12043 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12044 if (from_tty)
12045 {
12046 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12047 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12048 else
12049 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12050 }
12051
12052 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12053 {
12054 if (from_tty)
12055 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12056 delete_breakpoint (b);
12057 }
12058 if (from_tty)
12059 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12060
12061 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12062 }
12063 \f
12064 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12065 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12066 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12067
12068 void
12069 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12070 {
12071 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12072
12073 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12074 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12075 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12076 && bs->stop)
12077 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12078
12079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12080 {
12081 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12082 delete_breakpoint (b);
12083 }
12084 }
12085
12086 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12087 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12088 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12089 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12090 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12091 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12092
12093 static int
12094 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12095 {
12096 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12097 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12098 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12099 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12100 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12101
12102 if (a->address != b->address)
12103 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12104
12105 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12106 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12107 grouped. */
12108
12109 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12110 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12111 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12112
12113 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12114 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12115 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12116
12117 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12118 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12119 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12120
12121 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12122 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12123 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12124
12125 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12126 }
12127
12128 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12129 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12130 content of the bp_location array. */
12131
12132 static void
12133 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12134 {
12135 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12136
12137 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12138 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12139
12140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12141 {
12142 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12143
12144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12145 continue;
12146
12147 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12148 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12149
12150 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12151 addr = bl->address - start;
12152 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12153 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12154
12155 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12156
12157 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12158 addr = end - bl->address;
12159 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12160 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12161 }
12162 }
12163
12164 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12165
12166 static void
12167 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12168 {
12169 struct breakpoint *b;
12170 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12171
12172 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12173 return;
12174
12175 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12176
12177 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12178 {
12179 struct bp_location *bl;
12180 struct tracepoint *t;
12181 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12182
12183 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12184 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12185 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12186 continue;
12187
12188 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12189 {
12190 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12191 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12192 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12193 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12194 continue;
12195
12196 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12197
12198 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12199
12200 bl->inserted = 1;
12201 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12202 }
12203 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12204 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12205 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12206 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12207 }
12208
12209 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12210 }
12211
12212 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12213
12214 static void
12215 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12216 {
12217 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12218 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12219 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12220 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12221
12222 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12223 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12224 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12225 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12226 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12227
12228 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12229 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12230 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12231 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12232 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12233 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12234 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12235 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12236 }
12237
12238 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12239 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12240 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12241 the target. */
12242
12243 static void
12244 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12245 {
12246 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12247 struct bp_location *loc;
12248 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12249 int pspace_num;
12250
12251 address = bl->address;
12252 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12253
12254 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12255 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12256 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12257 side. */
12258 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12259 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12260 return;
12261
12262 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12263 the same program space as the location
12264 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12265 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12266 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12267 {
12268 loc = *loc2p;
12269
12270 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12271 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12272 continue;
12273
12274 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12275 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12276 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12277 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12278 that have already been marked. */
12279 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12280
12281 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12282 it later on. */
12283 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12284 {
12285 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12286 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12287 }
12288 }
12289 }
12290
12291 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12292 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12293 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12294 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12295 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12296 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12297 returns true on them.
12298
12299 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12300 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12301 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12302 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12303 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12304 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12305
12306 static void
12307 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12308 {
12309 struct breakpoint *b;
12310 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12311 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12312 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12313 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12314 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12315 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12316
12317 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12318 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12319 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12320 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12321 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12322 once. */
12323 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12324 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12325 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12326 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12327
12328 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12329 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12330 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12331 unsigned old_location_count;
12332
12333 old_location = bp_location;
12334 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12335 bp_location = NULL;
12336 bp_location_count = 0;
12337 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12338
12339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12340 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12341 bp_location_count++;
12342
12343 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12344 locp = bp_location;
12345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12346 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12347 *locp++ = loc;
12348 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12349 bp_location_compare);
12350
12351 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12352
12353 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12354 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12355 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12356 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12357 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12358 location.
12359
12360 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12361 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12362
12363 locp = bp_location;
12364 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12365 old_locp++)
12366 {
12367 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12368 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12369
12370 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12371 not, we have to free it. */
12372 int found_object = 0;
12373 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12374 int keep_in_target = 0;
12375 int removed = 0;
12376
12377 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12378 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12379 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12380 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12381 locp++;
12382
12383 for (loc2p = locp;
12384 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12385 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12386 loc2p++)
12387 {
12388 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12389 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12390 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12391 place there. */
12392 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12393 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12394 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12395 {
12396 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12397 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12398 }
12399
12400 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12401 found_object = 1;
12402 }
12403
12404 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12405 have to go through updates again. */
12406 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12407
12408 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12409 if (!found_object)
12410 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12411
12412 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12413 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12414 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12415 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12416 at certain location is not inserted. */
12417
12418 if (old_loc->inserted)
12419 {
12420 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12421 it. */
12422
12423 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12424 {
12425 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12426 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12427 keep_in_target = 1;
12428 }
12429 else
12430 {
12431 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12432 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12433 remove its target-side condition. */
12434
12435 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12436 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12437 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12438 this one from the target. */
12439
12440 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12441 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12442 {
12443 for (loc2p = locp;
12444 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12445 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12446 loc2p++)
12447 {
12448 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12449
12450 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12451 {
12452 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12453 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12454 supported, but the latter are. */
12455 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12456 {
12457 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12458 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12459 }
12460
12461 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12462 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12463 unduplicated. */
12464 if (loc2 != old_loc
12465 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12466 {
12467 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12468 keep_in_target = 1;
12469 break;
12470 }
12471 }
12472 }
12473 }
12474 }
12475
12476 if (!keep_in_target)
12477 {
12478 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12479 {
12480 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12481 this location on the global list, and try to
12482 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12483 reason why we will succeed next time.
12484
12485 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12486 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12487 only after calling us. */
12488 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12489 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12490 old_loc->owner->number);
12491 }
12492 removed = 1;
12493 }
12494 }
12495
12496 if (!found_object)
12497 {
12498 if (removed && non_stop
12499 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12500 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12501 {
12502 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12503 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12504 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12505 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12506 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12507 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12508 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12509 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12510 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12511 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12512 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12513 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12514 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12515 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12516 SIGTRAP.
12517
12518 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12519 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12520
12521 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12522 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12523 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12524 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12525 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12526 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12527 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12528 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12529 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12530 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12531 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12532 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12533 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12534 thread_count.
12535
12536 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12537 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12538 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12539 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12540
12541 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12542 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12543 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12544 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12545 traps we can no longer explain. */
12546
12547 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12548 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12549
12550 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12551 }
12552 else
12553 {
12554 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12555 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12556 }
12557 }
12558 }
12559
12560 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12561 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12562 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12563 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12564 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12565 are sorted first for the same address.
12566
12567 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12568 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12569
12570 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12571 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12572 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12573 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12574 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12575 {
12576 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12577 non-NULL. */
12578 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12579 b = loc->owner;
12580
12581 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12582 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12583 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12584 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12585 `struct bp_location'. */
12586 || is_tracepoint (b))
12587 {
12588 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12589 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12590 continue;
12591 }
12592
12593 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12594 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12595 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12596 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12597 "actually inserted"));
12598
12599 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12600 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12601 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12602 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12603 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12604 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12605 else
12606 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12607
12608 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12609 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12610 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12611 {
12612 *loc_first_p = loc;
12613 loc->duplicate = 0;
12614
12615 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12616 {
12617 loc->needs_update = 1;
12618 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12619 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12620 }
12621 continue;
12622 }
12623
12624
12625 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12626 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12627 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12628 if (loc->inserted)
12629 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12630 loc->duplicate = 1;
12631
12632 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12633 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12634
12635 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12636 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12637 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12638 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12639 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12640 }
12641
12642 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12643 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12644 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12645 {
12646 if (should_insert)
12647 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12648 else
12649 {
12650 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12651 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12652 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12653 "needs_update". */
12654 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12655 }
12656 }
12657
12658 if (should_insert)
12659 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12660
12661 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12662 }
12663
12664 void
12665 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12666 {
12667 struct bp_location *loc;
12668 int ix;
12669
12670 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12671 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12672 {
12673 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12674 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12675 --ix;
12676 }
12677 }
12678
12679 static void
12680 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12681 {
12682 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12683
12684 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12685 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12686 }
12687
12688 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12689
12690 static void
12691 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12692 {
12693 bpstat bs;
12694
12695 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12696 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12697 {
12698 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12699 bs->old_val = NULL;
12700 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12701 }
12702 }
12703
12704 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12705 static int
12706 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12707 {
12708 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12709
12710 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12711 return 0;
12712 }
12713
12714 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12715 callbacks. */
12716
12717 static void
12718 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12719 {
12720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12721 struct value_print_options opts;
12722
12723 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12724
12725 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12726 single string. */
12727 if (b->loc == NULL)
12728 {
12729 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12730 }
12731 else
12732 {
12733 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12734 {
12735 printf_filtered (" at ");
12736 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12737 gdb_stdout);
12738 }
12739 if (b->loc->source_file)
12740 {
12741 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12742 more nicely. */
12743 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12744 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12745 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12746 else
12747 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12748 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12749 real situation somewhat. */
12750 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12751 }
12752
12753 if (b->loc->next)
12754 {
12755 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12756 int n = 0;
12757 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12758 ++n;
12759 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12760 }
12761 }
12762 }
12763
12764 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12765
12766 static void
12767 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12768 {
12769 xfree (self->cond);
12770 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12771 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12772 xfree (self->function_name);
12773 xfree (self->source_file);
12774 }
12775
12776 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12777 {
12778 bp_location_dtor
12779 };
12780
12781 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12782 inherit from. */
12783
12784 static void
12785 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12786 {
12787 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12788 xfree (self->cond_string);
12789 xfree (self->addr_string);
12790 xfree (self->filter);
12791 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12792 }
12793
12794 static struct bp_location *
12795 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12796 {
12797 struct bp_location *loc;
12798
12799 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12800 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12801 return loc;
12802 }
12803
12804 static void
12805 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12806 {
12807 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12808 }
12809
12810 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12811 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12812
12813 static int
12814 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12815 {
12816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12817 }
12818
12819 static int
12820 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12821 {
12822 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12823 }
12824
12825 static int
12826 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12827 struct address_space *aspace,
12828 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12829 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12830 {
12831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12832 }
12833
12834 static void
12835 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12836 {
12837 /* Always stop. */
12838 }
12839
12840 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12841 errors. */
12842
12843 static int
12844 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12845 {
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12847 }
12848
12849 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12850 errors. */
12851
12852 static int
12853 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12854 {
12855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12856 }
12857
12858 static enum print_stop_action
12859 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12860 {
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12862 }
12863
12864 static void
12865 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12866 struct ui_out *uiout)
12867 {
12868 /* nothing */
12869 }
12870
12871 static void
12872 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12873 {
12874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12875 }
12876
12877 static void
12878 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12879 {
12880 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12881 }
12882
12883 static void
12884 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12885 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12886 enum bptype type_wanted,
12887 char *addr_start,
12888 char **copy_arg)
12889 {
12890 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12891 }
12892
12893 static void
12894 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12895 struct linespec_result *c,
12896 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12897 char *cond_string,
12898 char *extra_string,
12899 enum bptype type_wanted,
12900 enum bpdisp disposition,
12901 int thread,
12902 int task, int ignore_count,
12903 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12904 int from_tty, int enabled,
12905 int internal, unsigned flags)
12906 {
12907 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12908 }
12909
12910 static void
12911 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12912 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12913 {
12914 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12915 }
12916
12917 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12918
12919 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12920 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12921 {
12922 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12923 }
12924
12925 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12926 {
12927 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12928 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12929 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12930 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12931 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12932 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12933 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12934 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12935 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12936 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12937 NULL,
12938 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12939 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12940 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12941 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12942 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12943 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12944 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12945 };
12946
12947 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12948
12949 static void
12950 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12951 {
12952 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12953 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12954 {
12955 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12956 delete_breakpoint (b);
12957 return;
12958 }
12959
12960 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12961 }
12962
12963 static int
12964 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12965 {
12966 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12967 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12968 &bl->target_info);
12969 else
12970 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12971 &bl->target_info);
12972 }
12973
12974 static int
12975 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12976 {
12977 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12978 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12979 else
12980 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12981 }
12982
12983 static int
12984 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12985 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12986 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12987 {
12988 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12989
12990 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12991 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12992 return 0;
12993
12994 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12995 aspace, bp_addr))
12996 return 0;
12997
12998 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12999 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13000 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13001 return 0;
13002
13003 return 1;
13004 }
13005
13006 static int
13007 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13008 {
13009 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13010
13011 return 1;
13012 }
13013
13014 static enum print_stop_action
13015 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13016 {
13017 struct breakpoint *b;
13018 const struct bp_location *bl;
13019 int bp_temp;
13020 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13021
13022 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13023
13024 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13025 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13026
13027 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13028 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13029 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13030 bl->address,
13031 b->number, 1);
13032 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13033 if (bp_temp)
13034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13035 else
13036 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13037 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13038 {
13039 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13040 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13041 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13042 }
13043 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13044 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13045
13046 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13047 }
13048
13049 static void
13050 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13051 {
13052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13053 return;
13054
13055 switch (b->type)
13056 {
13057 case bp_breakpoint:
13058 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13059 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13060 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13061 else
13062 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13063 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13064 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13065 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13066 break;
13067 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13068 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13069 break;
13070 case bp_dprintf:
13071 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13072 break;
13073 }
13074
13075 say_where (b);
13076 }
13077
13078 static void
13079 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13080 {
13081 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13082 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13083 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13085 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13086 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13087 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13088 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13090 else
13091 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13092 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13093
13094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13095 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13096 }
13097
13098 static void
13099 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13100 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13101 enum bptype type_wanted,
13102 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13103 {
13104 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13105 addr_start, copy_arg);
13106 }
13107
13108 static void
13109 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13110 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13111 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13112 char *cond_string,
13113 char *extra_string,
13114 enum bptype type_wanted,
13115 enum bpdisp disposition,
13116 int thread,
13117 int task, int ignore_count,
13118 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13119 int from_tty, int enabled,
13120 int internal, unsigned flags)
13121 {
13122 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13123 cond_string, extra_string,
13124 type_wanted,
13125 disposition, thread, task,
13126 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13127 enabled, internal, flags);
13128 }
13129
13130 static void
13131 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13132 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13133 {
13134 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13135 }
13136
13137 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13138
13139 static void
13140 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13141 {
13142 switch (b->type)
13143 {
13144 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13145 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13146 case bp_overlay_event:
13147 case bp_longjmp_master:
13148 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13149 case bp_exception_master:
13150 delete_breakpoint (b);
13151 break;
13152
13153 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13154 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13155 case bp_shlib_event:
13156
13157 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13158 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13159 case bp_thread_event:
13160 break;
13161 }
13162 }
13163
13164 static void
13165 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13166 {
13167 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13168 {
13169 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13170 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13171 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13172 objects (among other things). */
13173 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13174 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13175 }
13176 else
13177 bs->stop = 0;
13178 }
13179
13180 static enum print_stop_action
13181 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13182 {
13183 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13184 struct breakpoint *b;
13185
13186 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13187
13188 switch (b->type)
13189 {
13190 case bp_shlib_event:
13191 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13192 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13193 to shlib event" message.) */
13194 print_solib_event (0);
13195 break;
13196
13197 case bp_thread_event:
13198 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13199 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13200 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13201 break;
13202
13203 case bp_overlay_event:
13204 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13205 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13206 break;
13207
13208 case bp_longjmp_master:
13209 /* These should never be enabled. */
13210 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13211 break;
13212
13213 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13214 /* These should never be enabled. */
13215 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13216 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13217 break;
13218
13219 case bp_exception_master:
13220 /* These should never be enabled. */
13221 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13222 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13223 break;
13224 }
13225
13226 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13227 }
13228
13229 static void
13230 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13231 {
13232 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13233 }
13234
13235 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13236
13237 static void
13238 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13239 {
13240 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13241 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13242 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13243 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13244 }
13245
13246 static void
13247 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13248 {
13249 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13250 }
13251
13252 static enum print_stop_action
13253 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13254 {
13255 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13256
13257 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13258 {
13259 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13260
13261 switch (b->type)
13262 {
13263 case bp_finish:
13264 ui_out_field_string
13265 (uiout, "reason",
13266 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13267 break;
13268
13269 case bp_until:
13270 ui_out_field_string
13271 (uiout, "reason",
13272 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13273 break;
13274 }
13275 }
13276
13277 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13278 }
13279
13280 static void
13281 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13282 {
13283 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13284 }
13285
13286 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13287
13288 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13289 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13290
13291 static void
13292 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13293 {
13294 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13295
13296 if (tp)
13297 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13298
13299 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13300 }
13301
13302 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13303
13304 static int
13305 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13306 {
13307 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13308
13309 if (v == 0)
13310 {
13311 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13312 if needed. */
13313 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13314 }
13315
13316 return v;
13317 }
13318
13319 static int
13320 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13321 {
13322 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13323 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13324
13325 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13326 }
13327
13328 static void
13329 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13330 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13331 enum bptype type_wanted,
13332 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13333 {
13334 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13335
13336 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13337
13338 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13339 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13340
13341 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13342 }
13343
13344 static void
13345 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13346 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13347 {
13348 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13349 if (!sals->sals)
13350 error (_("probe not found"));
13351 }
13352
13353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13354
13355 static void
13356 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13357 {
13358 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13359 }
13360
13361 static int
13362 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13363 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13364 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13365 {
13366 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13367 tracepoints. */
13368 return 0;
13369 }
13370
13371 static void
13372 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13373 struct ui_out *uiout)
13374 {
13375 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13376 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13377 {
13378 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13379
13380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13382 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13384 }
13385 }
13386
13387 static void
13388 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13389 {
13390 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13391 return;
13392
13393 switch (b->type)
13394 {
13395 case bp_tracepoint:
13396 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13397 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13398 break;
13399 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13400 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13401 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13402 break;
13403 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13404 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13405 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13406 break;
13407 default:
13408 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13409 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13410 }
13411
13412 say_where (b);
13413 }
13414
13415 static void
13416 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13417 {
13418 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13419
13420 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13422 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13424 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13426 else
13427 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13428 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13429
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13431 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13432
13433 if (tp->pass_count)
13434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13435 }
13436
13437 static void
13438 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13439 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13440 enum bptype type_wanted,
13441 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13442 {
13443 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13444 addr_start, copy_arg);
13445 }
13446
13447 static void
13448 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13449 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13450 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13451 char *cond_string,
13452 char *extra_string,
13453 enum bptype type_wanted,
13454 enum bpdisp disposition,
13455 int thread,
13456 int task, int ignore_count,
13457 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13458 int from_tty, int enabled,
13459 int internal, unsigned flags)
13460 {
13461 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13462 cond_string, extra_string,
13463 type_wanted,
13464 disposition, thread, task,
13465 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13466 enabled, internal, flags);
13467 }
13468
13469 static void
13470 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13471 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13472 {
13473 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13474 }
13475
13476 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13477
13478 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13479 static probe. */
13480
13481 static void
13482 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13483 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13484 enum bptype type_wanted,
13485 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13486 {
13487 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13488 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13489 addr_start, copy_arg);
13490 }
13491
13492 static void
13493 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13494 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13495 {
13496 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13497 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13498 }
13499
13500 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13501
13502 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13503 markers (`-m'). */
13504
13505 static void
13506 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13507 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13508 enum bptype type_wanted,
13509 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13510 {
13511 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13512
13513 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13514
13515 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13516
13517 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13518 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13519 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13520 }
13521
13522 static void
13523 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13524 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13525 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13526 char *cond_string,
13527 char *extra_string,
13528 enum bptype type_wanted,
13529 enum bpdisp disposition,
13530 int thread,
13531 int task, int ignore_count,
13532 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13533 int from_tty, int enabled,
13534 int internal, unsigned flags)
13535 {
13536 int i;
13537
13538 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13539 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13540 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13541 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13542 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13543 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13544
13545 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13546 {
13547 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13548 struct tracepoint *tp;
13549 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13550 char *addr_string;
13551
13552 expanded.nelts = 1;
13553 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13554
13555 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13556 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13557
13558 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13559 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13560 addr_string, NULL,
13561 cond_string, extra_string,
13562 type_wanted, disposition,
13563 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13564 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13565 canonical->special_display);
13566 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13567 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13568 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13569 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13570 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13571 corresponds to this one */
13572 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13573
13574 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13575
13576 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13577 }
13578 }
13579
13580 static void
13581 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13582 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13583 {
13584 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13585
13586 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13587 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13588 {
13589 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13590 sals->nelts = 1;
13591 }
13592 else
13593 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13594 }
13595
13596 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13597
13598 static int
13599 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13600 {
13601 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13602 }
13603
13604 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13605 structures. */
13606
13607 void
13608 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13609 {
13610 struct breakpoint *b;
13611
13612 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13613
13614 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13615 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13616 especial culprits.
13617
13618 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13619 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13620 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13621 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13622 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13623 deleted.
13624
13625 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13626 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13627 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13628 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13629 was chosen. */
13630 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13631 return;
13632
13633 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13634 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13635 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13636 {
13637 struct breakpoint *related;
13638 struct watchpoint *w;
13639
13640 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13641 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13642 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13643 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13644 else
13645 w = NULL;
13646 if (w != NULL)
13647 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13648
13649 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13650 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13651 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13652 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13653 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13654 }
13655
13656 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13657 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13658 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13659 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13660 if (bpt->number)
13661 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13662
13663 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13664 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13665
13666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13667 if (b->next == bpt)
13668 {
13669 b->next = bpt->next;
13670 break;
13671 }
13672
13673 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13674 been freed. */
13675 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13676 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13677 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13678 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13679 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13680 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13681 commands won't work. */
13682
13683 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13684
13685 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13686 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13687 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13688 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13689 might be better design to have location completely
13690 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13691 update_global_location_list (0);
13692
13693 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13694 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13695 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13696 bpt->type = bp_none;
13697 xfree (bpt);
13698 }
13699
13700 static void
13701 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13702 {
13703 delete_breakpoint (b);
13704 }
13705
13706 struct cleanup *
13707 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13708 {
13709 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13710 }
13711
13712 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13713 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13714
13715 static void
13716 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13717 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13718 void *),
13719 void *data)
13720 {
13721 struct breakpoint *related;
13722
13723 related = b;
13724 do
13725 {
13726 struct breakpoint *next;
13727
13728 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13729 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13730
13731 if (next == related)
13732 {
13733 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13734 function (related, data);
13735
13736 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13737 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13738 out. */
13739 break;
13740 }
13741 else
13742 function (related, data);
13743
13744 related = next;
13745 }
13746 while (related != b);
13747 }
13748
13749 static void
13750 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13751 {
13752 delete_breakpoint (b);
13753 }
13754
13755 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13756 delete_breakpoint. */
13757
13758 static void
13759 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13760 {
13761 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13762 }
13763
13764 void
13765 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13766 {
13767 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13768
13769 dont_repeat ();
13770
13771 if (arg == 0)
13772 {
13773 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13774
13775 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13776 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13777 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13779 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13780 {
13781 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13782 break;
13783 }
13784
13785 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13786 if (!from_tty
13787 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13788 {
13789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13790 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13791 delete_breakpoint (b);
13792 }
13793 }
13794 else
13795 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13796 }
13797
13798 static int
13799 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13800 {
13801 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13802 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13803 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13804 return 0;
13805 return 1;
13806 }
13807
13808 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13809 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13810 Null names are ignored. */
13811
13812 static int
13813 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13814 {
13815 struct bp_location *l;
13816 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13817 (int (*) (const void *,
13818 const void *)) streq,
13819 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13820
13821 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13822 {
13823 const char **slot;
13824 const char *name = l->function_name;
13825
13826 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13827 if (name == NULL)
13828 continue;
13829
13830 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13831 INSERT);
13832 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13833 returns NULL. */
13834 if (*slot != NULL)
13835 {
13836 htab_delete (htab);
13837 return 1;
13838 }
13839 *slot = name;
13840 }
13841
13842 htab_delete (htab);
13843 return 0;
13844 }
13845
13846 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13847 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13848 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13849 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13850 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13851 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13852 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13853 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13854 The heuristic is:
13855
13856 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13857 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13858 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13859 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13860 in the sources, and output a warning.
13861
13862 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13863 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13864 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13865 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13866 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13867 warning.
13868
13869 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13870 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13871 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13872 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13873 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13874 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13875 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13876 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13877 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13878
13879 static struct symtab_and_line
13880 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13881 {
13882 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13883 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13884 CORE_ADDR pc;
13885
13886 pc = sal.pc;
13887 if (sal.line)
13888 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13889
13890 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13891 {
13892 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13893 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13894 b->number,
13895 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13896
13897 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13898 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13899 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13900
13901 return sal;
13902 }
13903
13904 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13905 by string ID. */
13906 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13907 && sal.line != 0
13908 && sal.symtab != NULL
13909 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13910 {
13911 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13912
13913 markers
13914 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13915
13916 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13917 {
13918 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13919 struct symbol *sym;
13920 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13921 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13922
13923 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13924
13925 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13926 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13927
13928 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13929 "found at previous line number"),
13930 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13931
13932 init_sal (&sal2);
13933
13934 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13935
13936 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13937 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13938 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13939 if (sym)
13940 {
13941 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13942 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13943 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13944 }
13945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13946 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13947
13948 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13949 {
13950 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13951
13952 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13953 }
13954
13955 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13956 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13957
13958 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13959
13960 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13961 if (sym)
13962 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13963 else
13964 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13965
13966 xfree (b->addr_string);
13967 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13968 sal2.symtab->filename,
13969 b->loc->line_number);
13970
13971 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13972 so. */
13973
13974 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13975 }
13976 }
13977 return sal;
13978 }
13979
13980 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13981 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13982
13983 static int
13984 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13985 {
13986 while (a && b)
13987 {
13988 if (a->address != b->address)
13989 return 0;
13990
13991 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13992 return 0;
13993
13994 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13995 return 0;
13996
13997 a = a->next;
13998 b = b->next;
13999 }
14000
14001 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14002 return 0;
14003
14004 return 1;
14005 }
14006
14007 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14008 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14009 a ranged breakpoint. */
14010
14011 void
14012 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14013 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14014 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14015 {
14016 int i;
14017 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14018
14019 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14020 {
14021 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14022 location. */
14023 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14024 update_global_location_list (1);
14025 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14026 "multiple locations found\n"),
14027 b->number);
14028 return;
14029 }
14030
14031 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14032 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14033 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14034 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14035 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14036 individual locations. */
14037 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14038 return;
14039
14040 b->loc = NULL;
14041
14042 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14043 {
14044 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14045
14046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14047
14048 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14049
14050 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14051 old symtab. */
14052 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14053 {
14054 char *s;
14055 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14056
14057 s = b->cond_string;
14058 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14059 {
14060 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14061 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14062 0);
14063 }
14064 if (e.reason < 0)
14065 {
14066 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14067 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14068 b->number, e.message);
14069 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14070 }
14071 }
14072
14073 if (sals_end.nelts)
14074 {
14075 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14076
14077 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14078 }
14079 }
14080
14081 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14082 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14083 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14084
14085 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14086 breakpoints. */
14087 {
14088 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14089 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14090 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14091 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14092 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14093 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14094 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14095
14096 for (; e; e = e->next)
14097 {
14098 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14099 {
14100 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14101 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14102 {
14103 for (; l; l = l->next)
14104 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14105 {
14106 l->enabled = 0;
14107 break;
14108 }
14109 }
14110 else
14111 {
14112 for (; l; l = l->next)
14113 if (l->function_name
14114 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14115 {
14116 l->enabled = 0;
14117 break;
14118 }
14119 }
14120 }
14121 }
14122 }
14123
14124 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14125 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14126
14127 update_global_location_list (1);
14128 }
14129
14130 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14131 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14132
14133 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14134 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14135 {
14136 char *s;
14137 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14138 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14139
14140 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14141 s = addr_string;
14142
14143 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14144 {
14145 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14146 }
14147 if (e.reason < 0)
14148 {
14149 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14150 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14151 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14152 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14153 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14154 state, then user already saw the message about that
14155 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14156 errors. */
14157 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14158 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14159 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14160 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14161 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14162 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14163
14164 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14165 {
14166 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14167 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14168 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14169 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14170 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14171 which approach is better. */
14172 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14173 throw_exception (e);
14174 }
14175 }
14176
14177 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14178 {
14179 int i;
14180
14181 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14182 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14183 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14184 {
14185 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14186 int thread, task;
14187
14188 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14189 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14190 &extra_string);
14191 if (cond_string)
14192 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14193 b->thread = thread;
14194 b->task = task;
14195 if (extra_string)
14196 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14197 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14198 }
14199
14200 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14201 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14202
14203 *found = 1;
14204 }
14205 else
14206 *found = 0;
14207
14208 return sals;
14209 }
14210
14211 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14212 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14213 locations. */
14214
14215 static void
14216 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14217 {
14218 int found;
14219 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14220 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14221 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14222
14223 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14224 if (found)
14225 {
14226 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14227 expanded = sals;
14228 }
14229
14230 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14231 {
14232 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14233 if (found)
14234 {
14235 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14236 expanded_end = sals_end;
14237 }
14238 }
14239
14240 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14241 }
14242
14243 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14244 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14245
14246 static void
14247 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14248 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14249 enum bptype type_wanted,
14250 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14251 {
14252 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14253 }
14254
14255 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14256 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14257 breakpoint_ops. */
14258
14259 static void
14260 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14261 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14262 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14263 char *cond_string,
14264 char *extra_string,
14265 enum bptype type_wanted,
14266 enum bpdisp disposition,
14267 int thread,
14268 int task, int ignore_count,
14269 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14270 int from_tty, int enabled,
14271 int internal, unsigned flags)
14272 {
14273 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14274 extra_string,
14275 type_wanted, disposition,
14276 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14277 enabled, internal, flags);
14278 }
14279
14280 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14281 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14282
14283 static void
14284 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14285 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14286 {
14287 struct linespec_result canonical;
14288
14289 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14290 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14291 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14292 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14293 b->filter);
14294
14295 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14296 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14297
14298 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14299 {
14300 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14301
14302 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14303 *sals = lsal->sals;
14304 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14305 contents. */
14306 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14307 }
14308
14309 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14310 }
14311
14312 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14313
14314 static struct cleanup *
14315 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14316 {
14317 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14318
14319 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14320 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14321 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14322 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14323 set_language (b->language);
14324
14325 return cleanups;
14326 }
14327
14328 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14329 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14330 Unused in this case. */
14331
14332 static int
14333 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14334 {
14335 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14336 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14337 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14338
14339 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14340 b->ops->re_set (b);
14341 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14342 return 0;
14343 }
14344
14345 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14346 void
14347 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14348 {
14349 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14350 enum language save_language;
14351 int save_input_radix;
14352 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14353
14354 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14355 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14356 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14357
14358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14359 {
14360 /* Format possible error msg. */
14361 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14362 b->number);
14363 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14364 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14365 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14366 }
14367 set_language (save_language);
14368 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14369
14370 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14371
14372 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14373
14374 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14375 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14376 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14377 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14378 }
14379 \f
14380 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14381
14382 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14383 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14384 void
14385 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14386 {
14387 if (b->thread != -1)
14388 {
14389 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14390 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14391
14392 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14393 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14394 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14395 as well. */
14396 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14397 }
14398 }
14399
14400 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14401 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14402 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14403
14404 void
14405 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14406 {
14407 struct breakpoint *b;
14408
14409 if (count < 0)
14410 count = 0;
14411
14412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14413 if (b->number == bptnum)
14414 {
14415 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14416 {
14417 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14418 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14419 bptnum);
14420 return;
14421 }
14422
14423 b->ignore_count = count;
14424 if (from_tty)
14425 {
14426 if (count == 0)
14427 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14428 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14429 bptnum);
14430 else if (count == 1)
14431 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14432 bptnum);
14433 else
14434 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14435 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14436 count, bptnum);
14437 }
14438 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14439 return;
14440 }
14441
14442 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14443 }
14444
14445 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14446
14447 static void
14448 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14449 {
14450 char *p = args;
14451 int num;
14452
14453 if (p == 0)
14454 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14455
14456 num = get_number (&p);
14457 if (num == 0)
14458 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14459 if (*p == 0)
14460 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14461
14462 set_ignore_count (num,
14463 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14464 from_tty);
14465 if (from_tty)
14466 printf_filtered ("\n");
14467 }
14468 \f
14469 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14470 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14471
14472 static void
14473 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14474 void *),
14475 void *data)
14476 {
14477 int num;
14478 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14479 int match;
14480 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14481
14482 if (args == 0)
14483 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14484
14485 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14486
14487 while (!state.finished)
14488 {
14489 char *p = state.string;
14490
14491 match = 0;
14492
14493 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14494 if (num == 0)
14495 {
14496 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14497 }
14498 else
14499 {
14500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14501 if (b->number == num)
14502 {
14503 match = 1;
14504 function (b, data);
14505 break;
14506 }
14507 if (match == 0)
14508 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14509 }
14510 }
14511 }
14512
14513 static struct bp_location *
14514 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14515 {
14516 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14517 char *p1;
14518 int bp_num;
14519 int loc_num;
14520 struct breakpoint *b;
14521 struct bp_location *loc;
14522
14523 *dot = '\0';
14524
14525 p1 = number;
14526 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14527 if (bp_num == 0)
14528 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14529
14530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14531 if (b->number == bp_num)
14532 {
14533 break;
14534 }
14535
14536 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14537 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14538
14539 p1 = dot+1;
14540 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14541 if (loc_num == 0)
14542 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14543
14544 --loc_num;
14545 loc = b->loc;
14546 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14547 ;
14548 if (!loc)
14549 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14550
14551 return loc;
14552 }
14553
14554
14555 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14556 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14557 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14558
14559 void
14560 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14561 {
14562 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14563 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14564 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14565 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14566 return;
14567
14568 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14569 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14570 return;
14571
14572 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14573
14574 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14575 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14576
14577 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14578 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14579 {
14580 struct bp_location *location;
14581
14582 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14583 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14584 }
14585
14586 update_global_location_list (0);
14587
14588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14589 }
14590
14591 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14592
14593 static void
14594 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14595 {
14596 disable_breakpoint (b);
14597 }
14598
14599 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14600 disable_breakpoint. */
14601
14602 static void
14603 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14604 {
14605 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14606 }
14607
14608 static void
14609 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14610 {
14611 if (args == 0)
14612 {
14613 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14614
14615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14616 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14617 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14618 }
14619 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14620 {
14621 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14622 if (loc)
14623 {
14624 if (loc->enabled)
14625 {
14626 loc->enabled = 0;
14627 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14628 }
14629 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14630 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14631 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14632 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14633 }
14634 update_global_location_list (0);
14635 }
14636 else
14637 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14638 }
14639
14640 static void
14641 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14642 int count)
14643 {
14644 int target_resources_ok;
14645
14646 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14647 {
14648 int i;
14649 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14650 target_resources_ok =
14651 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14652 i + 1, 0);
14653 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14654 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14655 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14656 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14657 }
14658
14659 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14660 {
14661 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14662 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14663 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14664
14665 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14666 {
14667 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14668
14669 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14670 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14671 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14672 }
14673 if (e.reason < 0)
14674 {
14675 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14676 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14677 bpt->number);
14678 return;
14679 }
14680 }
14681
14682 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14683 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14684
14685 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14686
14687 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14688 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14689
14690 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14691 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14692 {
14693 struct bp_location *location;
14694
14695 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14696 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14697 }
14698
14699 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14700 bpt->enable_count = count;
14701 update_global_location_list (1);
14702
14703 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14704 }
14705
14706
14707 void
14708 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14709 {
14710 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14711 }
14712
14713 static void
14714 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14715 {
14716 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14717 }
14718
14719 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14720 enable_breakpoint. */
14721
14722 static void
14723 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14724 {
14725 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14726 }
14727
14728 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14729 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14730 in stopping the inferior. */
14731
14732 static void
14733 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14734 {
14735 if (args == 0)
14736 {
14737 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14738
14739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14740 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14741 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14742 }
14743 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14744 {
14745 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14746 if (loc)
14747 {
14748 if (!loc->enabled)
14749 {
14750 loc->enabled = 1;
14751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14752 }
14753 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14754 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14755 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14756 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14757 }
14758 update_global_location_list (1);
14759 }
14760 else
14761 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14762 }
14763
14764 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14765 breakpoints. */
14766
14767 struct disp_data
14768 {
14769 enum bpdisp disp;
14770 int count;
14771 };
14772
14773 static void
14774 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14775 {
14776 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14777
14778 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14779 }
14780
14781 static void
14782 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14783 {
14784 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14785
14786 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14787 }
14788
14789 static void
14790 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14791 {
14792 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14793 }
14794
14795 static void
14796 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14797 {
14798 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14799
14800 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14801 }
14802
14803 static void
14804 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14805 {
14806 int count = get_number (&args);
14807
14808 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14809 }
14810
14811 static void
14812 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14813 {
14814 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14815
14816 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14817 }
14818
14819 static void
14820 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14821 {
14822 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14823 }
14824 \f
14825 static void
14826 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14827 {
14828 }
14829
14830 static void
14831 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14832 {
14833 }
14834
14835 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14836 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14837 GDB itself. */
14838
14839 static void
14840 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14841 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14842 const bfd_byte *data)
14843 {
14844 struct breakpoint *bp;
14845
14846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14847 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14848 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14849 {
14850 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14851
14852 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14853 {
14854 struct bp_location *loc;
14855
14856 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14857 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14858 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14859 && addr + len > loc->address)
14860 {
14861 value_free (wp->val);
14862 wp->val = NULL;
14863 wp->val_valid = 0;
14864 }
14865 }
14866 }
14867 }
14868
14869 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14870 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14871 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14872 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14873 someday. */
14874
14875 void *
14876 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14877 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14878 {
14879 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14880
14881 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14882
14883 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14884 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14885
14886 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14887 {
14888 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14889 xfree (bp_tgt);
14890 return NULL;
14891 }
14892
14893 return bp_tgt;
14894 }
14895
14896 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14897 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14898
14899 int
14900 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14901 {
14902 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14903 int ret;
14904
14905 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14906 xfree (bp_tgt);
14907
14908 return ret;
14909 }
14910
14911 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14912 stepping. */
14913
14914 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14915 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14916
14917 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14918
14919 void
14920 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14921 struct address_space *aspace,
14922 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14923 {
14924 void **bpt_p;
14925
14926 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14927 {
14928 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14929 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14930 }
14931 else
14932 {
14933 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14934 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14935 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14936 }
14937
14938 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14939 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14940 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14941 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14942 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14943 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14944
14945 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14946 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14947 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14948 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14949 }
14950
14951 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14952 were inserted or not. */
14953
14954 int
14955 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14956 {
14957 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14958 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14959 }
14960
14961 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14962
14963 void
14964 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14965 {
14966 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14967
14968 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14969 call. */
14970 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14971 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14972 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14973 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14974
14975 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14976 {
14977 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14978 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14979 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14980 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14981 }
14982 }
14983
14984 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14985 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14986 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14987 exec. */
14988
14989 void
14990 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14991 {
14992 int i;
14993
14994 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14995 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14996 {
14997 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14998 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14999 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15000 }
15001 }
15002
15003 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15004 removing them. */
15005
15006 static void
15007 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15008 {
15009 int i;
15010
15011 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15012 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15013 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15014 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15015 }
15016
15017 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15018 PC. */
15019
15020 static int
15021 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15022 CORE_ADDR pc)
15023 {
15024 int i;
15025
15026 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15027 {
15028 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15029 if (bp_tgt
15030 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15031 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15032 aspace, pc))
15033 return 1;
15034 }
15035
15036 return 0;
15037 }
15038
15039 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15040 non-zero otherwise. */
15041 static int
15042 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15043 {
15044 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15045 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15046 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15047 return 1;
15048 else
15049 return 0;
15050 }
15051
15052 int
15053 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15054 {
15055 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15056 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15057
15058 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15059 }
15060
15061 int
15062 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15063 {
15064 struct breakpoint *bp;
15065
15066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15067 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15068 {
15069 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15070
15071 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15072 {
15073 int i, iter;
15074 for (i = 0;
15075 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15076 i++)
15077 if (syscall_number == iter)
15078 return 1;
15079 }
15080 else
15081 return 1;
15082 }
15083
15084 return 0;
15085 }
15086
15087 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15088 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15089 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15090 char *text, char *word)
15091 {
15092 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15093 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15094 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15095
15096 xfree (list);
15097 return retlist;
15098 }
15099
15100 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15101
15102 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15103 static void
15104 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15105 {
15106 tracepoint_count = num;
15107 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15108 }
15109
15110 static void
15111 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15112 {
15113 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15114 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15115
15116 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15117 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15118 else
15119 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15120
15121 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15122 arg,
15123 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15124 0 /* tempflag */,
15125 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15126 0 /* Ignore count */,
15127 pending_break_support,
15128 ops,
15129 from_tty,
15130 1 /* enabled */,
15131 0 /* internal */, 0);
15132 }
15133
15134 static void
15135 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15136 {
15137 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15138 arg,
15139 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15140 0 /* tempflag */,
15141 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15142 0 /* Ignore count */,
15143 pending_break_support,
15144 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15145 from_tty,
15146 1 /* enabled */,
15147 0 /* internal */, 0);
15148 }
15149
15150 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15151
15152 static void
15153 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15154 {
15155 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15156
15157 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15158 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15159 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15160 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15161 else
15162 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15163
15164 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15165 arg,
15166 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15167 0 /* tempflag */,
15168 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15169 0 /* Ignore count */,
15170 pending_break_support,
15171 ops,
15172 from_tty,
15173 1 /* enabled */,
15174 0 /* internal */, 0);
15175 }
15176
15177 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15178 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15179
15180 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15181 static int next_cmd;
15182
15183 static char *
15184 read_uploaded_action (void)
15185 {
15186 char *rslt;
15187
15188 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15189
15190 next_cmd++;
15191
15192 return rslt;
15193 }
15194
15195 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15196 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15197 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15198 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15199 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15200
15201 struct tracepoint *
15202 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15203 {
15204 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15205 struct tracepoint *tp;
15206
15207 if (utp->at_string)
15208 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15209 else
15210 {
15211 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15212 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15213 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15214 user. */
15215 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15216 "source location, using raw address"),
15217 utp->number);
15218 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15219 addr_str = small_buf;
15220 }
15221
15222 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15223 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15224 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15225 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15226 utp->number);
15227
15228 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15229 addr_str,
15230 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15231 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15232 0 /* tempflag */,
15233 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15234 0 /* Ignore count */,
15235 pending_break_support,
15236 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15237 0 /* from_tty */,
15238 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15239 0 /* internal */,
15240 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15241 return NULL;
15242
15243 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15244 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15245 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15246
15247 if (utp->pass > 0)
15248 {
15249 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15250 tp->base.number);
15251
15252 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15253 }
15254
15255 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15256 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15257 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15258 function. */
15259 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15260 {
15261 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15262
15263 this_utp = utp;
15264 next_cmd = 0;
15265
15266 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15267
15268 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15269 }
15270 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15271 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15272 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15273 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15274 utp->number);
15275
15276 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15277 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15278 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15279
15280 return tp;
15281 }
15282
15283 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15284 omitted. */
15285
15286 static void
15287 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15288 {
15289 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15290 int num_printed;
15291
15292 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15293
15294 if (num_printed == 0)
15295 {
15296 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15297 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15298 else
15299 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15300 }
15301
15302 default_collect_info ();
15303 }
15304
15305 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15306 Not supported by all targets. */
15307 static void
15308 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15309 {
15310 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15311 }
15312
15313 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15314 Not supported by all targets. */
15315 static void
15316 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15317 {
15318 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15319 }
15320
15321 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15322 static void
15323 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15324 {
15325 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15326
15327 dont_repeat ();
15328
15329 if (arg == 0)
15330 {
15331 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15332
15333 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15334 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15335 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15336 argument. */
15337 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15338 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15339 {
15340 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15341 break;
15342 }
15343
15344 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15345 if (!from_tty
15346 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15347 {
15348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15349 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15350 delete_breakpoint (b);
15351 }
15352 }
15353 else
15354 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15355 }
15356
15357 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15358
15359 static void
15360 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15361 {
15362 tp->pass_count = count;
15363 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15364 if (from_tty)
15365 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15366 tp->base.number, count);
15367 }
15368
15369 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15370
15371 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15372 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15373 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15374
15375 static void
15376 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15377 {
15378 struct tracepoint *t1;
15379 unsigned int count;
15380
15381 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15382 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15383 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15384
15385 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15386
15387 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15388 args++;
15389
15390 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15391 {
15392 struct breakpoint *b;
15393
15394 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15395 if (*args)
15396 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15397
15398 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15399 {
15400 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15401 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15402 }
15403 }
15404 else if (*args == '\0')
15405 {
15406 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15407 if (t1)
15408 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15409 }
15410 else
15411 {
15412 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15413
15414 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15415 while (!state.finished)
15416 {
15417 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15418 if (t1)
15419 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15420 }
15421 }
15422 }
15423
15424 struct tracepoint *
15425 get_tracepoint (int num)
15426 {
15427 struct breakpoint *t;
15428
15429 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15430 if (t->number == num)
15431 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15432
15433 return NULL;
15434 }
15435
15436 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15437 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15438 reconnecting). */
15439
15440 struct tracepoint *
15441 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15442 {
15443 struct breakpoint *b;
15444
15445 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15446 {
15447 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15448
15449 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15450 return t;
15451 }
15452
15453 return NULL;
15454 }
15455
15456 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15457 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15458 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15459 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15460 struct tracepoint *
15461 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15462 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15463 int optional_p)
15464 {
15465 struct breakpoint *t;
15466 int tpnum;
15467 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15468
15469 if (state)
15470 {
15471 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15472 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15473 }
15474 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15475 {
15476 if (optional_p)
15477 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15478 else
15479 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15480 }
15481 else
15482 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15483
15484 if (tpnum <= 0)
15485 {
15486 if (instring && *instring)
15487 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15488 instring);
15489 else
15490 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15491 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15492 return NULL;
15493 }
15494
15495 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15496 if (t->number == tpnum)
15497 {
15498 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15499 }
15500
15501 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15502 return NULL;
15503 }
15504
15505 void
15506 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15507 {
15508 if (b->thread != -1)
15509 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15510
15511 if (b->task != 0)
15512 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15513
15514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15515 }
15516
15517 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15518 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15519 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15520 non-zero. */
15521
15522 static void
15523 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15524 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15525 {
15526 struct breakpoint *tp;
15527 int any = 0;
15528 char *pathname;
15529 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15530 struct ui_file *fp;
15531 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15532
15533 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15534 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15535
15536 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15537 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15538 {
15539 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15540 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15541 continue;
15542
15543 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15544 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15545 continue;
15546
15547 any = 1;
15548
15549 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15550 {
15551 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15552
15553 /* We can stop searching. */
15554 break;
15555 }
15556 }
15557
15558 if (!any)
15559 {
15560 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15561 return;
15562 }
15563
15564 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15565 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15566 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15567 if (!fp)
15568 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15569 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15570 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15571
15572 if (extra_trace_bits)
15573 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15574
15575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15576 {
15577 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15578 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15579 continue;
15580
15581 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15582 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15583 continue;
15584
15585 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15586
15587 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15588 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15589 instead. */
15590
15591 if (tp->cond_string)
15592 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15593
15594 if (tp->ignore_count)
15595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15596
15597 if (tp->commands)
15598 {
15599 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15600
15601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15602
15603 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15604 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15605 {
15606 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15607 }
15608 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15609
15610 if (ex.reason < 0)
15611 throw_exception (ex);
15612
15613 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15614 }
15615
15616 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15618
15619 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15620 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15621 special, and not user visible. */
15622 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15623 {
15624 struct bp_location *loc;
15625 int n = 1;
15626
15627 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15628 if (!loc->enabled)
15629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15630 }
15631 }
15632
15633 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15635
15636 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15637 if (from_tty)
15638 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15639 }
15640
15641 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15642
15643 static void
15644 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15645 {
15646 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15647 }
15648
15649 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15650
15651 static void
15652 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15653 {
15654 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15655 }
15656
15657 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15658
15659 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15660 all_tracepoints (void)
15661 {
15662 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15663 struct breakpoint *tp;
15664
15665 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15666 {
15667 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15668 }
15669
15670 return tp_vec;
15671 }
15672
15673 \f
15674 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15675 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15676 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15677 command. */
15678 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15679 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15680 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15681 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15682 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15683 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15684 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15685 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15686 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15687 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15688 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15689 \n\
15690 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15691 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15692 \n\
15693 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15694 conditions are different.\n\
15695 \n\
15696 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15697
15698 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15699 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15700
15701 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15702 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15703
15704 void
15705 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15706 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15707 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15708 completer_ftype *completer,
15709 void *user_data_catch,
15710 void *user_data_tcatch)
15711 {
15712 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15713
15714 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15715 &catch_cmdlist);
15716 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15717 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15718 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15719
15720 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15721 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15722 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15723 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15724 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15725 }
15726
15727 static void
15728 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15729 {
15730 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15731 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15732
15733 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15734 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15735 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15736 }
15737
15738 static void
15739 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15740 {
15741 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15742 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15743 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15744 }
15745
15746 struct breakpoint *
15747 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15748 void *data)
15749 {
15750 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15751
15752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15753 {
15754 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15755 return b;
15756 }
15757
15758 return NULL;
15759 }
15760
15761 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15762 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15763
15764 static int
15765 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15766 {
15767 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15768 non-inline function. */
15769 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15770 return 1;
15771
15772 return 0;
15773 }
15774
15775 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15776 have been inlined. */
15777
15778 int
15779 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15780 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15781 {
15782 struct breakpoint *b;
15783 struct bp_location *bl;
15784
15785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15786 {
15787 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15788 continue;
15789
15790 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15791 {
15792 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15793 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15794 return 1;
15795 }
15796 }
15797
15798 return 0;
15799 }
15800
15801 void
15802 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15803 {
15804 static int initialized = 0;
15805
15806 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15807
15808 if (initialized)
15809 return;
15810 initialized = 1;
15811
15812 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15813 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15814 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15815 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15816 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15817 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15818 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15819 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15820 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15821 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15822 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15823 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15824
15825 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15826 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15827 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15828 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15829 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15830 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15831 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15832 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15833
15834 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15835 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15836 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15837 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15838 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15839 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15840 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15841 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15842 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15843 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15844
15845 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15846 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15847 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15848 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15849 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15850 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15851 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15852
15853 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15854 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15855 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15856 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15857 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15858 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15859 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15860
15861 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15862 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15863 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15864 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15865
15866 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15867 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15868 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15869 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15870 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15871 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15872 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15873
15874 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15875 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15876 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15877 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15878 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15879 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15880 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15881
15882 /* Watchpoints. */
15883 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15884 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15885 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15886 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15887 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15888 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15889 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15890 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15891 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15892 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15893 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15894 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15895 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15896
15897 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15898 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15899 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15900 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15901 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15902 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15903 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15904 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15905 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15906 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15907 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15908
15909 /* Tracepoints. */
15910 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15911 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15912 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15913 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15914 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15915 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15916 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15917 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15918 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15919 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15920
15921 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15922 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15923 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15924 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15925 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15926
15927 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15928 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15929 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15930 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15931 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15932 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15933
15934 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15935 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15936 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15937 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15938 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15939 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15940 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15941 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15942 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15943 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15944
15945 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15946 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15947 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15948 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15949 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15950 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15951 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15952 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15953 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15954 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15955
15956 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15957 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15958 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15959 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15960 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15961 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15962 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15963 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15964 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15965 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15966 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15967
15968 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15969 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15970 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15971 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15972 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15973 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15974 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15975 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15976 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15977 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15978 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15979
15980 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15981 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15982 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15983 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15984 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15985 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15986 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15987 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15988 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15989 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15990 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15991 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15992
15993 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15994 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15995 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15996 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15997 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15998 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15999 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16000 }
16001
16002 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16003
16004 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16005
16006 void
16007 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16008 {
16009 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16010
16011 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16012
16013 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16014 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16015 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16016
16017 breakpoint_objfile_key
16018 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16019
16020 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16021 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16022 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16023
16024 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16025 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16026 before a breakpoint is set. */
16027 breakpoint_count = 0;
16028
16029 tracepoint_count = 0;
16030
16031 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16032 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16033 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16034 if (xdb_commands)
16035 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16036
16037 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16038 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16039 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16040 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16041 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16042 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16043 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16044 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16045
16046 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16047 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16048 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16049 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16050 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16051
16052 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16053 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16054 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16055 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16056 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16057 \n"
16058 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16060
16061 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16062 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16063 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16064 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16065 \n"
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16068
16069 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16070 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16072 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16073 \n"
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16076
16077 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16078 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16080 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16081 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16082 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16083 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16084 if (xdb_commands)
16085 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16091
16092 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16093
16094 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16095 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16096 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16097 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16098 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16099 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16100
16101 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16102 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16103 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16104 &enablebreaklist);
16105
16106 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16107 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16108 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16109 &enablebreaklist);
16110
16111 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16112 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16113 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16114 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16115 &enablebreaklist);
16116
16117 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16118 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16120 &enablelist);
16121
16122 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16123 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16124 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16125 &enablelist);
16126
16127 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16128 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16129 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16130 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16131 &enablelist);
16132
16133 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16134 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16135 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16136 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16137 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16138 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16139 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16140 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16141 if (xdb_commands)
16142 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16143 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16144 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16145 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16146 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16147
16148 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16149 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16150 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16151 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16152 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16153 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16154 &disablelist);
16155
16156 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16157 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16158 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16159 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16160 \n\
16161 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16162 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16163 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16164 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16165 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16166 if (xdb_commands)
16167 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16168 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16169 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16170 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16171
16172 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16173 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16174 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16175 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16176 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16177 &deletelist);
16178
16179 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16180 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16181 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16182 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16183 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16184 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16185 \n\
16186 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16187 is executing in.\n\
16188 \n\
16189 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16190 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16191
16192 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16193 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16194 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16195 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16196
16197 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16198 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16199 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16200 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16201
16202 if (xdb_commands)
16203 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16204
16205 if (dbx_commands)
16206 {
16207 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16208 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16209 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16210 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16211 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16212 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16213 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16214 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16215 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16216 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16217 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16218 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16219 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16220 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16221 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16222 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16223 \n\
16224 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16225 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16226 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16227 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16228 breakpoint set."));
16229 }
16230
16231 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16232 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16233 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16234 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16235 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16236 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16237 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16238 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16239 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16240 \n\
16241 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16242 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16243 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16244 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16245 breakpoint set."));
16246
16247 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16248
16249 if (xdb_commands)
16250 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16251 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16252 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16253 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16254 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16255 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16256 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16257 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16258 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16259 \n\
16260 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16261 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16262 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16263 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16264 breakpoint set."));
16265
16266 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16267 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16268 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16269 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16270 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16271 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16272 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16273 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16274 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16275 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16276 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16277 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16278 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16279 \n\
16280 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16281 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16282 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16283 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16284 breakpoint set."),
16285 &maintenanceinfolist);
16286
16287 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16288 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16289 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16290 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16291
16292 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16293 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16294 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16295 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16296
16297 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16298 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16299 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16300 catch_catch_command,
16301 NULL,
16302 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16303 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16304 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16305 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16306 catch_throw_command,
16307 NULL,
16308 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16309 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16310 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16311 catch_fork_command_1,
16312 NULL,
16313 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16315 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16316 catch_fork_command_1,
16317 NULL,
16318 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16319 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16320 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16321 catch_exec_command_1,
16322 NULL,
16323 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16324 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16325 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16326 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16327 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16328 catch_load_command_1,
16329 NULL,
16330 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16331 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16332 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16333 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16334 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16335 catch_unload_command_1,
16336 NULL,
16337 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16338 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16339 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16340 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16341 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16342 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16343 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16344 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16345 catch_syscall_command_1,
16346 catch_syscall_completer,
16347 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16348 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16349
16350 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16351 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16352 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16353 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16354 an expression changes.\n\
16355 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16356 the memory to which it refers."));
16357 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16358
16359 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16360 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16361 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16362 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16363 an expression is read.\n\
16364 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16365 the memory to which it refers."));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16367
16368 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16369 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16370 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16371 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16372 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16373 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16374 the memory to which it refers."));
16375 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16376
16377 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16378 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16379
16380 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16381 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16382 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16383 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16384 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16385 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16386 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16387 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16388 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16389 hardware.)"),
16390 NULL,
16391 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16392 &setlist, &showlist);
16393
16394 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16395
16396 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16397
16398 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16399 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16400 \n"
16401 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16402 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16403 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16404
16405 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16406 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16407 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16408 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16409
16410 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16411 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16412 \n"
16413 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16414 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16415 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16416
16417 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16418 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16419 \n\
16420 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16421 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16422 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16423 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16424 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16425 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16426 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16427 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16428 the selected stack frame.\n\
16429 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16430 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16431 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16432 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16433 \n\
16434 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16435 \n\
16436 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16437 conditions are different.\n\
16438 \n\
16439 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16440 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16441 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16442
16443 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16444 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16445 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16446 last tracepoint set."));
16447
16448 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16449
16450 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16451 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16452 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16453 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16454 &deletelist);
16455 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16456
16457 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16458 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16459 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16460 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16461 &disablelist);
16462 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16463
16464 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16465 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16466 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16467 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16468 &enablelist);
16469 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16470
16471 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16472 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16473 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16474 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16475 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16476
16477 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16478 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16479 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16480 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16481
16482 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16483 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16484 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16485 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16486 session to restore them."),
16487 &save_cmdlist);
16488 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16489
16490 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16491 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16492 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16493 &save_cmdlist);
16494 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16495
16496 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16497 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16498
16499 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16500 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16501 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16502 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16503 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16504 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16505 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16506 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16507 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16508 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16509 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16510 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16511
16512 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16513 &pending_break_support, _("\
16514 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16515 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16516 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16517 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16518 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16519 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16520 NULL,
16521 show_pending_break_support,
16522 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16523 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16524
16525 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16526
16527 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16528 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16529 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16530 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16531 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16532 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16533 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16534 NULL,
16535 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16536 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16537 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16538
16539 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16540 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16541 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16542 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16543 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16544 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16545 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16546 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16547 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16548 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16549 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16550 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16551 NULL,
16552 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16553 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16554 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16555
16556 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16557 condition_evaluation_enums,
16558 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16559 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16560 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16561 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16562 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16563 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16564 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16565 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16566 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16567 be set to \"gdb\""),
16568 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16569 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16570 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16571 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16572
16573 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16574 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16575 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16576 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16577 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16578 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16579 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16580 or the start of the range\n\
16581 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16582 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16583 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16584 \n\
16585 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16586 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16587 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16588
16589 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16590 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16591 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16592 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16593 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16594 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16595 "));
16596 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16597
16598 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16599 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16600 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16601 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16602 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16603 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16604 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16605 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16606 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16607 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16608 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16609 &setlist, &showlist);
16610
16611 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16612 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16613 &dprintf_function, _("\
16614 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16615 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16616 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16617 &setlist, &showlist);
16618
16619 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16620 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16621 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16622 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16623 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16624 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16625 &setlist, &showlist);
16626
16627 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16628 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16629 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16630 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16631 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16632 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16633 NULL,
16634 NULL,
16635 &setlist, &showlist);
16636
16637 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16638 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16639 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16640
16641 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16642
16643 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16644 }